19-Acoples Especiales Lovejoy

TORSIONAL COUPLINGS
Lovejoy LV-Torsional
Coupling Designed For
Industrial Diesel Engines
The LV torsional coupling from Lovejoy is designed and built to offer an
inexpensive, economical alternative for the agricultural market and
off-highway industrial equipment industry. Two different styles are
available; the LV type for u-joint drive systems and the LV-C type for
direct-drive systems. Agricultural usage would attach the LV type
coupling to Diesel engines driving deep well and centrifugal pumps,
while the industrial industry uses the LV-C type of coupling on engines
that run Diesel powered portable compressors.
LV COUPLINGS
Coupling Nominal Nominal Horsepower kW Max Torque Max Torque Cont Torq Cont Torq Dyn Stiff Dyn Stiff Flange Size
Size Torque in-lbs Torque N-m @2000 RPM @2000 RPM in-lbs N-m in-lbs N-m in-lbs/Deg N-m/Deg
see SAE
200 5,578 630 177 132 16,815 1,900 1,395 158 726 82 Flywheel table
see SAE
250 7,500 847 238 178 21,596 2,440 1,875 212 871 98 Flywheel table
see SAE
350 10,820 1,223 343 256 31,860 3,600 2,705 306 1,417 160 Flywheel table
see SAE
450 15,930 1,800 506 377 47,790 5,400 3,983 450 2,154 243 Flywheel table
see SAE
500 22,125 2,500 702 524 66,375 7,500 5,531 625 3,385 380 Flywheel table
LV-C COUPLINGS
Coupling Nominal Nominal Horsepower kW Max Torque Max Torque Cont Torq Cont Torq Dyn Stiff Dyn Stiff Flange Size
Size Torque in-lbs TorqueN-m @2000 RPM @2000 RPM in-lbs N-m in-lbs N-m in-lbs/Deg N-m/Deg
see SAE
20 1,800 203 57 43 5,500 621 450 51 229 26 Flywheel table
see SAE
25 2,800 316 89 66 9,000 1,017 700 79 359 41 Flywheel table
see SAE
30 5,300 599 168 125 16,000 1,808 1,325 150 1,041 118 Flywheel table
see SAE
35 7,800 881 248 185 24,000 2,712 1,950 220 2,224 251 Flywheel table
see SAE
40 12,500 1,412 397 296 40,000 4,520 3,125 353 3,346 378 Flywheel table
see SAE
45 15,500 1,751 492 367 50,000 5,650 3,875 438 3,652 413 Flywheel table
SAE FLYWHEEL TABLE

SAE Flywheel Size Available Coupling Size Dimensions to SAE J620
O.D. B.C. Holes Nr. Size
61/2 20 8,500 7,875 6 5/16-18
71/2 20,25 9,500 8,750 8 5/16-18
8 20, 25, 30 10,375 9,625 6 3/8-16
10 25, 30, 200, 250 12,375 11,625 8 3/8-16
111/2 25, 35, 40, 45, 200, 250, 350, 450, 500 13,875 13,125 8 3/8-16
14 40, 45, 350, 450, 500 18,375 17,250 8 1/2-13
Lovejoy U.S.A. Raja-Lovejoy GmbH Lovejoy Canada

2655 Wisconsin Avenue PO Box 1546 171 Superior Blvd.
Downers Grove, IL 60515 U.S.A. 58775 Werdohl Mississauga, Ontario
Phone: (630) 852-0500 Germany Canada L5T 2L6
Fax: (630) 852-2120 Phone: +49 - (0) 2392/509-0 Phone: +1 (905) 670-9421
E-Mail: info@lovejoy-inc.com Fax: +49 - (0) 2392/509-509 Fax: +1 (905) 670-4594 Where the world turns
Email: info@rajalovejoy.com Email: lovejoycanada@lovejoy-inc.com for couplings
Web: www.rajalovejoy.com
Item Number 685144 76271 02/05
Disc Couplings
D-1
Disc Couplings General Overview
Lovejoy brings to market the best disc coupling yet to be offered. This disc coupling joins the wide range of Lovejoy couplings that are already in use through-
out the world. Lovejoy has teamed up with its partner, Jaure of Zizurki, Spain to offer the disc coupling in several variations to cover all the industrial require-
ments for these low maintenance, long life couplings. The Lovejoy/Jaure disc coupling utilizes the latest design efforts through Finite Element Analysis, exten-
sive testing of materials and couplings, and several years of operational experience in actual applications. The Lovejoy/Jaure disc
coupling is manufactured in the ISO 9001 certified manufacturing facilities of both companies.
The improvements in this coupling come from modifying the disc profile by using the latest Finite Element Analysis. As a result of the development work,
the Lovejoy/Jaure disc coupling 6 bolt type can operate at 1.5° misalignment (see graphs on following pages). The coupling can do so up to 50% torque
capability. The coupling imposes smaller forces on the bearings for a given misalignment and transmits more torque than other competitive couplings.
Types of couplings include the three piece industrial spacer unit used for general industrial applications and on OEM equipment. The 5-piece drop-out coupling
is specially suited for refinery and API type applications. The close coupled units fit in place of standard gear couplings. The SXGS reduced moment type and
the DIR drop out type can replace gear coupling floating shaft units by matching up to the existing gear coupling rigid hubs mounted on the driver and
driven equipment. Variations to these can also be made as shown on the back pages of this catalog.
Advantages of the Lovejoy/Jaure disc coupling

• No need for lubrication and maintlenance.
• The coupling can be inspected without disassembly. Additionally, the condition of the discs can be checked while the machine is running, using a strobe
light.*
• The machine misalignment can be assessed.
• Torsionally rigid without any backlash.
• No wearing parts, high resistance to harsh environmental conditions.
D
• Infinite life if properly aligned.

• If misalignment is kept within specified limits, these couplings can last as long as the machines on which they are installed.
• High power density (more torque for a given overall diameter).
It should be noted that disc couplings will impose high axial forces on the thrust bearings if the machines are not properly spaced. The piloting of the disc pack
to the hub is a key factor especially for high speed applications.
The Lovejoy/Jaure disc coupling uses fitted bolts as pilots, but for high speed applications has also found a straight-forward method of piloting the disc packs
to their hubs (see below). By machining rabbets in the washers that are used to unitize the disc pack,** it ensures the repeatability of residual unbalance
standards, as mandated by API 671.
*It is not recommended that the coupling be

operated without a guard.
Disc piloting **Patent Pending.
Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice, and without liability therefore.
D-2
The angular misalignment between shafts can vary from 0 to 2 times α as per the figure shown:
offset α = represents the angular

misalignment per disc-pack.
α°
α (for Lamidisc-6 under 202) = 1.5°
α °
α (for Lamidisc-8) = 0.5°
α (for Lamidisc-10) = 0.4°
offset
α°
2 α°
2x
α°
The discs of the Lovejoy/Jaure couplings are made of high-grade stainless steel (AISI-301), ensuring not only a high strength and high endurance to fatigue,
but also the resistance to most environmental conditions. Furthermore, discs can be covered with a low friction coefficient coating to improve the resistance to
fretting wear.
The coupling utilizes unitized disc packs with 6, 8 and 10 bolts. The greater the number of bolts, the higher the torque that can be transmitted, but the
coupling can accommodate less misalignment.
The disc couplings can be fitted with overload bushings which serve as an anti-flail device.
The Lovejoy/Jaure couplings are offered in a variety of configurations to fit most applications. In addition, our engineering department can customize a
coupling to special requirements: close-cropped, drop-out, electrically insulated, vertical mounting, safety couplings, etc. A notable design is our Lovejoy/Jaure
reduced moment coupling, that not only has the anti-flail device mandated by API 610, but offers a low weight and a short center of gravity
to bearing distance.
The design and manufacture of the disc coupling is integrated into a certified Quality System according to ISO 9001 to fulfill the high quality requirements of
D
Lovejoy/Jaure disc couplings.
Different disc profiles
D-3
Disc Couplings Selection Data
Selection procedure
1. Select the coupling type.
2. Select the driven machine service factor SFA from Table 1.
3. Select the driving machine service factor SFD from Table 2.
Care should be taken when the driving machine is other than a standard electric motor or turbine. Some engines will impose extra fluctuations on the drive
system and allowance should be made accordingly. Please refer to Table 2. A torsional coupling may be required for diesel drives.
The two service factors SFA and SFD must be added resulting in the combined service factor SF.
SF = SFA + SFD
Driven machine service factor SFA Table 1.
Driven equipment SFA MARINE APPLICATIONS 2.5 Tube and welding machines 2.0
Winding machines 1.5
BLOWERS , FANS MINING AND STONES Wire drawing benches 1.5
Centrifugal 1.0 Crushers 2.5
Mills 2.5 RUBBER INDUSTRY
Lobe / Vane / Turboblowers 1.25
Forced draught fans 1.5 Mine ventilators 2.0 Extruder 1.75
Induc.draught with damper 1.5 Vibrators 1.5 Calender 2.0
Mixing mill / Refiner / Crusher 2.5
Induc.draught without control 2.0 OIL INDUSTRY
Cooling towers 2.0 Pipeline pumps 1.5 STEEL PLANTS
CHEMICAL INDUSTRY Rotary drilling equipment 2.0 Blast furnace blowers 1.5
Agitators (thin liquid) 1.0 Converters 2.5
PAPER INDUSTRY
Agitators (viscous liquid) 1.5 Inclined blast furnace elev. 2.0
Calenders 2.0 Crushers 2.0
Centrifuges (light) 1.25 Couches 2.0
Centrifuges (heavy) 1.75 Drying cylinders 2.25 TEXTILE MACHINES
Mixers 1.75 Pulpers 2.0 Printing and drying machines 1.5
COMPRESSORS Pulp grinders 2.0 Tanning vats 1.5
Centrifugal 1.0 Suction rolls 2.0 Calenders 1.5
Lobe/Rotary 1.25 Wet presses 2.0 Looms 1.5
Turbocompressors 1.75 Reels 2.0 WATER AND WASTE INDUSTRY
Reciprocating: Agitators 2.0 Aerators , Screw pumps , Screens. 1.5
1 to 3 cylinders 3.0 PLASTIC INDUSTRY
4 or more cylinders 1.75 WOOD WORKING MACHINERY
Calenders, Crushers , Mixers. 1.75 Trimmers, Barkers , Saws, Planes 2.0
CONVEYOR, HOISTS, ELEVATORS
PUMPS The factors in Table 1 are for general guidance and
Conveyors:
Screw / Apron / Belt / Chain 1.25 Centrifugal,General Feed or Boiler Feed 1.0 can be modified by customers´ specialist
Bucket / Rotary / Lifts 1.5 Centrifugal , Slurry 1.5 knowledge of their own equipment.
Reciprocating 3.0 Centrifugal , Dredge 2.0
Rotary / Gear / Lobe or Vane 1.5
D
Hoists:
Medium duty 2.5 Reciprocating :
Heavy duty 3.0 1 cylinder 3.0
2 cylinder , single acting 2.0 Driving machine service factor SFD Table 2.
Elevators:
Centrifugal and gravity disch. 1.25 2 cylinders , double acting 1.75
3 cylinders or more 1.5 Driving equipment SFD
DREDGERS 2.0 Multi-cylinder engine
FOOD INDUSTRY ROLLING MILLS
8 or more 0.5
Packaging machines and fillers. 1.25 Billet shears 2.5
6 1.0
Kneading machines. 1.5 Chain transfers 1.5
4 or 5 1.5
Cane crushers 1.5 Cold rolling mills 2.0
Less than 4 Refer to Lovejoy
Cane cutters 1.5 Continuous casting plants 2.5
Cane mills 2.0 Cooling beds 1.5
Variable speed motors 0.8
Sugar beet cutters 1.5 Cropping shears 2.0
Electric motors1 and turbines 0
Sugar beet washing machines 1.5 Cross transfers 1.5
Descaling machines 2.0
GENERATORS 1
Except variable speed motors
Heavy and medium duty mills 3.0
Even load 1.0 Ingot and blooming mills 2.5
Frequency converters 1.5 Please consult our Application Engineering
Ingot handling machinery 2.5
Welding generators 2.0 Department if axial excitations are foreseeable
Ingot pushers 2.5
MACHINE TOOLS either on the driving or driven side.
Manipulators 2.0
Main Drives 2.0 Plate shears 2.0
Auxiliary and transverse drives 1.5 Roller adjustment drives 1.5
METAL WORKING Roller straighteners 1.5
Presses / Hammers. 2.0 Roller tables (heavy) 2.5
Straighteners. 2.0 Roller tables (light) 1.5
Bending machines / Shears. 1.5 Sheet mills 2.5
Punching machines 2.0 Trimming shears 1.5
D-4
4. Calculate the minimum torque rating as per,
HP x 63025 x SF
Torque (in-lbs.) =
n (rpm)
5. The coupling to be selected must have an equal or greater rated torque capacity than the torque calculated in step 4. Check the peak or starting torque
capacity of the selected coupling. For systems which frequently utilize the peak torque capability of the power source, verify that the magnitude of the peak
torque does not exceed twice the rated nominal torque of the coupling selected.
6 Check if existing or predicted axial, angular and offset misalignments are within permissible values as shown in the catalog. The permissible axial
misalignment and torque depend on the angular misalignment as per shown below. (Angular misalignment is given for a disc pack. Axial misalignment is
measured for a complete coupling with two disc packs.)
1.5° 6 Bolts ((under 202)) 6 Bolts ((under 202))

1.5°
Angular misalignment
1° 6 Bolts ((above 202)) 6 Bolts ((above 202))
1°
8 Bolts 0.6° 0.6°

0.5°° 8 Bolts
10 Bolts 0.5°°
0.4° 0.4° 10 Bolts
0.3° 0.3°
° °
50% of max. Max. 50% Max.

Rated Torque
T Axial Displacement
The listed values represent the total permissible misalignment which may occur during operation. Consult the appropriate operating instructions for allowable
shaft misalignments when installing the coupling.
S- ∆Ka
Kr
D
Kw
S+ ∆Ka
L
Angular and Radial Misalignment Axial Misalignment
The permissible offset or radial misalignment is given by:
∆KR = tan ∆KW x L, where L is the distance between the discs.
7. Check the maximum hub bores, speed and if the shaft to hub assembly will transmit the torque. If the speed exceeds 3000 r.p.m., consult our
Application Engineering Department.
8. Check if balancing is needed.
D-5
Example of selection
Select a spacer coupling to connect a standard electric motor rated at 350 HP running at 1150 r.p.m. to a centrifugal pump rated at 308 HP. The shafts are 3”
and 2-3/4” respectively.
1. Coupling type SX
2. Service factor
a) Centrifugal pump 1.0

b) Electricmotor 0.0
TOTAL 1.0
Torque = 308 x 63025 x 1.0 = 16,880 in.-lbs.

1150
3. Required minimum torque rating
The coupling selected is SX size 185-6 with a nominal torque of 29,205 in.-lbs., peak torque of 58,410, ∆Ka = ± 0.145 in. and ∆Kw = 1.5 º.
4. Check peak torque (Coupling peak torque is 29,205 in. lbs. x 2 =58,410 in. lbs.)
5. Check expected misalignment .
6. Check maximum bores: SX 185-6 has a maximum bore of 3.13 inches, therefore this dimension is larger than the existing bores. The speed check shows
it to be less than allowable speed (1150 .rp.m < 6850 r.p.m).
How to specify a Lovejoy/Jaure coupling

The following data has to be given Lovejoy/Jaure in order to verify that a proper selection has been made.
• Application and type of duty.

D
• Type of prime mover, power and speed.
• Shaft types and sizes, keyway dimensions, hub length.
• Expected misalignments.
• Type of driven equipment.
• Coupling type, size and distance between shaft ends (DBSE).
• Space limitations.
• Special requirements (vertical mounting, spark free, API 610 or 671, etc).
D-6
Performance Data by Coupling Size1
NOM. NOM. PEAK PEAK AXIAL2 AXIAL2 Torsional3 Torsional3 Angular

Cplg. TORQ. TORQ. TORQ. TORQ. Misalig. Misalig. Stiffness Stiffness Misalign.
Size HP/100 RPM kW/100 RPM in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm ±∆Ka ±∆Ka x 106 x 106 Max
x 103 x 103 x 103 x 103 inch mm in.-lbs./rad Nm./rad deg.
90-6 3.4 2.6 2.1 0.2 4.2 0.5 0.059 1.5 2.4 .3
110-6 8.1 6.0 5.1 0.6 10.2 1.2 0.083 2.1 3.4 0.4
132-6 15.4 11.5 9.7 1.1 19.5 2.2 0.102 2.6 4.4 0.5 1.5°
158-6 28.1 21.0 17.7 2.0 35.4 4.0 0.122 3.1 5.8 0.7
185-6 46.3 34.5 29.2 3.3 58.4 6.6 0.146 3.7 11.5 1.3
202-6 64.6 48.2 40.7 4.6 81.4 9.2 0.150 3.8 13.3 1.5
228-6 98.3 73.3 62.0 7.0 123.9 14.0 0.165 4.2 23 2.6
255-6 143.2 106.8 90.3 10.2 180.6 20.4 0.185 4.7 41 4.7
278-6 199.4 148.8 125.7 14.2 251.4 28.4 0.205 5.2 63 7.1
302-6 280.9 209.6 177.0 20.0 354.0 40.0 0.224 5.7 84 9.5
325-6 351.1 261.9 221.3 25.0 442.6 50.0 0.256 6.5 115 13 1°
345-6 435.4 324.8 274.4 31.0 549 62.0 0.272 6.9 150 17
380-6 594 443.1 374.4 42.3 749 84.6 0.299 7.6 195 22
410-6 802 598 505 57.1 1,011 114.2 0.323 8.2 248 28
440-6 1,032 770 651 73.5 1,301 147.0 0.346 8.8 310 35
475-6 1,292 964 814 92.0 1,629 184.0 0.374 9.5 372 42
505-6 1,643 1,226 1,036 117.0 2,071 234.0 0.398 10.1 443 50
278-8 280.9 209.6 177.0 20.0 354.0 40.0 0.146 3.70 84 9.5
302-8 421.3 314.3 265.5 30.0 531 60.0 0.157 4.00 132 14.9
325-8 520 387.6 327.5 37.0 655 74.0 0.169 4.30 181 20.4
345-8 646 481.9 407.1 46.0 814 92.0 0.181 4.60 221 25
380-8 885 660 558 63.0 1,115 126.0 0.197 5.00 301 34
410-8 1,208 901 761 86.0 1,522 172.0 0.213 5.40 354 40
440-8 1,545 1,152 974 110.0 1,947 220.0 0.228 5.80 434 49
475-8 1,938 1,446 1,221 138.0 2,443 276.0 0.248 6.30 531 60
505-8 2,458 1,833 1,549 175.0 3,098 350.0 0.264 6.70 646 73 .5°
540-8 3,090 2,305 1,947 220.0 3,894 440.0 0.283 7.20 788 89
570-8 3,637 2,713 2,292 259.0 4,585 518 0.299 7.60 912 103
605-8 4,424 3,300 2,788 315.0 5,576 630 0.307 7.80 1089 123
D
635-8 5,379 4,013 3,390 383.0 6,780 766 0.323 8.20 1248 141
675-8 6,376 4,756 4,018 454.0 8,037 908 0.331 8.40 1496 169
700-8 7,415 5,532 4,673 528 9,347 1056 0.350 8.90 1637 185
730-8 8,539 6,370 5,381 608 10,763 1216 0.362 9.20 1859 210
760-8 9,831 7,334 6,196 700 12,391 1400 0.378 9.60 2053 232
505-10 3,076 2,294 1,938 219.0 3,877 438.0 0.197 5.0
540-10 3,848 2,871 2,425 274.0 4,850 548 0.213 5.4
570-10 4,536 3,384 2,859 323.0 5,718 646 0.224 5.7
605-10 5,533 4,128 3,487 394.0 6,975 788 0.228 5.8 Refer Refer
635-10 6,741 5,029 4,248 480.0 8,497 960 0.244 6.2 Factory Factory .4°
675-10 8,005 5,972 5,045 570 10,090 1140 0.252 6.4
700-10 9,269 6,915 5,842 660 11,683 1320 0.264 6.7
730-10 10,673 7,962 6,727 760 13,454 1520 0.276 7.0
760-10 12,218 9,115 7,700 870 15,401 1740 0.295 7.5
1) For the availability of a size within a coupling type refer to the specific type on the following pages.
2) The value for axial misalignment is given for a complete 2 Disc pack. Angular misalignment is given per pack. Refer to page 3 for combined permissible
misalignment.
3) Torsional stiffness is given for one disc pack. This should be combined with hubs spacers, etc. as calculated from AGMA 9004-A99.
D-7
Disc Couplings Overview
Lovejoy/Jaure Disc Coupling Overview
Industrial Coupling Type SX

This is the standard coupling that includes two rigid hubs, a minimum length spacer and
two disc packs. The disc packs are bolted to the hubs and spacers at the time of coupling
installation. The disc packs are unitized. Variations in the spacer length are available. Stock
spacers meet industry standard lengths for various equipment. The coupling has two flex
planes (one at each disc pack) so it can accommodate parallel misalignment by the
angular misalignment in each disc pack. It is suitable for axial displacement within
specified limits. The SX coupling is available with 6, 8, & 10 bolt configuration. Bores up to
13 inches (330 mm) can be supplied on the largest sizes.
The SX coupling can be fitted with overload bushings, which protect the disc pack in case
of a torque overload. They also serve as an anti-flail device.
Industrial Coupling Type SU

This variation is the single flex unit with two hubs and one disc pack. It is suitable for
angular misalignment only. It is often combined with hollow shafts to make a long light
weight floating shaft coupling.
Industrial Coupling Type SXC, SXCS

This is the close coupled variation of the coupling. It is similar to the SX in that the disc
pack is attached when the coupling is installed. In the close coupled unit the hubs are
inside the spacer, which also makes it a reduced moment coupling. The coupling can be
assembled with one or both hubs inserted into the spacer. Note: putting the hub inside the
spacer requires a reduced hub diameter which reduces max. bore capability. This type of
Lovejoy/Jaure disc coupling with a horizontally split spacer is designated as the SXCS.
Drop Out Coupling Type DI, DILR

D
The drop out coupling has a factory assembled center section that includes the spacer,
two disc packs and two guard rings. The disc packs are bolted to the spacer and guard
ring at the factory and tightened to the proper torque. The entire package is mounted
between the shaft hubs at the installation. Unlike the type SX the disc packs do not have
to be attached when the coupling is installed. Disc packs are unitized. The coupling has
two flex planes (one at each disc pack) so it can accommodate parallel misalignment by
the angular misalignment in each disc pack. It is suitable for axial displacement within
specified limits. The DI coupling is available with 6 & 8 bolt configuration. Standard hubs
and jumbo hubs are available, allowing up to 15.94 inches (400 mm) max. bore on the
largest hub.
Coupling Type SXGS and DIR

These two coupling types are floating shaft couplings that fit in the place of the gear type
floating shaft units. The couplings are designed to match up with the installed rigid gear
coupling hubs that are mounted on the equipment shafts. Although matched by AGMA
gear coupling size, the torque, speed and overall diameter should be checked when
applying these replacement couplings. The SXGS is a reduced moment configuration and
the DIR is a drop out configuration.
Other types of Lovejoy/Jaure disc couplings are shown on pages 18 and 19 of this catalog.
Refer to the Lovejoy/Jaure applications department for special requirements that are not
shown in this catalog.
D-8
Disc Couplings Dimensional Data
SU-6, SUO-6 Industrial Single Unit Disc Coupling, 6-bolt
Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 DIMENSIONS (mm) AXIAL6

Type TORQ. TORQ. SPEED SPEED Misalig.
SU Nm Nm UNBAL. BAL. MAX BSE ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. BORE FD D LS Standard PW OAL mm
SU 90-6 0.2 0.5 9,100 22,700 41 90 58 40 7.5 7.5 88 1.5
SU 110-6 0.6 1.2 7,200 18,000 46 110 65 50 8.4 8 108 2.1
SU 132-6 1.1 2.2 5,840 14,600 60 132 84 60 8.4 8 128 2.6
SU 158-6 2.0 4.0 4,920 12,300 70 158 98 70 11.2 11 151 3.1
SU 185-6 3.3 6.6 4,200 10,500 80 185 112 80 14 14 174 3.7
SU 202-6 4.6 9.2 3,840 9,600 90 202 125 90 15.5 16 195 3.8
SU 228-6 7.0 14.0 3,400 8,500 100 228 140 100 17.5 18 218 4.2
SU 255-6 10.2 20.4 3,080 7,700 110 255 155 115 20.5 21 251 4.7
SU 278-6 14.2 28.4 2,800 7,000 124 278 174 125 21.2 21 271 5.2
SU 302-6 20.0 40.0 2,560 6,400 135 302 190 135 24.4 24 295 5.7
SU 325-6 25.0 50.0 2,400 6,000 145 325 206 145 26 26 316 6.5
SU 345-6 31.0 62.0 2,200 5,500 155 345 217 155 28.2 28 338 6.9
SU 380-6 42.3 84.6 2,040 5,100 170 380 238 170 32 32 372 7.6
SU 410-6 57.1 114.2 1,880 4,700 180 410 255 185 33.2 33 403 8.2
SU 440-6 73.5 147.0 1,740 4,350 195 440 273 195 36.4 36 427 8.8
SU 475-6 92.0 184.0 1,680 4,200 210 475 295 210 38.2 38 458 9.5
SU 505-6 117.0 234.0 1,520 3,800 220 505 310 230 42 42 502 10.1
Metric dimensions are rounded to the nearest “mm” except where otherwise shown.
Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 DIMENSIONS (in) AXIAL6
D
SU in-lbs in-lbs UNBAL. BAL. MAX BSE ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. BORE FD D LS Standard PW OAL inch
SU 90-6 2.1 4.2 9,100 22,700 1.50 3.54 2.28 1.57 0.295 0.295 3.44 0.059
SU 110-6 5.1 10.2 7,200 18,000 1.81 4.33 2.56 1.97 0.331 0.331 4.27 0.083
SU 132-6 9.7 19.5 5,840 14,600 2.38 5.20 3.31 2.36 0.331 0.331 5.05 0.102
SU 158-6 17.7 35.4 4,920 12,300 2.75 6.22 3.86 2.76 0.441 0.441 5.96 0.122
SU 185-6 29.2 58.4 4,200 10,500 3.13 7.28 4.41 3.15 0.551 0.551 6.85 0.146
SU 202-6 40.7 81.4 3,840 9,600 3.50 7.95 4.92 3.54 0.610 0.610 7.69 0.150
SU 228-6 62.0 123.9 3,400 8,500 3.94 8.98 5.51 3.94 0.689 0.689 8.57 0.165
SU 255-6 90.3 180.6 3,080 7,700 4.31 10.04 6.10 4.53 0.807 0.807 9.87 0.185
SU 278-6 125.7 251.4 2,800 7,000 4.88 10.95 6.85 4.92 0.835 0.835 10.67 0.205
SU 302-6 177.0 354.0 2,560 6,400 5.31 11.89 7.48 5.32 0.961 0.961 11.60 0.224
SU 325-6 221.3 442.6 2,400 6,000 5.75 12.80 8.07 5.71 1.024 1.024 12.44 0.256
SU 345-6 274.4 549 2,200 5,500 6.06 13.58 8.55 6.10 1.110 1.110 13.31 0.272
SU 380-6 374.4 749 2,040 5,100 6.69 14.96 9.37 6.70 1.260 1.260 14.66 0.299
SU 410-6 505 1,011 1,880 4,700 7.13 16.14 10.04 7.28 1.307 1.307 15.87 0.323
SU 440-6 651 1,301 1,740 4,350 7.69 17.32 10.75 7.68 1.433 1.433 16.79 0.346
SU 475-6 814 1,629 1,680 4,200 8.25 18.70 11.62 8.27 1.504 1.504 18.04 0.374
SU 505-6 1,036 2,071 1,520 3,800 8.75 19.88 12.20 9.06 1.654 1.654 19.77 0.398
Larger sizes are available on demand.
1) Operating speed must be equal or less than permissible speed. Permissible speeds could be limited by the weight and critical speeds of spacers.
2) For higher speeds consult Lovejoy.
3) The maximum bores shown are for cylindrical or taper shafts with keys. For other type of connections consult Lovejoy.
4) Dimension BSE is the distance between shaft ends and is a variable parameter.
5) Weight of complete coupling with BSE min. dimension and max. bore.
misalignment. D-9
SX-6, SXO-6 Industrial 3-piece Disc Coupling, 6-bolt

SX Nm Nm UNBAL. BAL. MAX BSE Weight 5 ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. BORE FD D LS Standard PW S OAL kg mm
SX 90-6 0.2 0.5 9,100 22,700 41 90 58 40 54 4 46 134 2.1 1.5
SX 110-6 0.6 1.2 7,200 18,000 46 110 65 50 89 8 72 189 2.9 2.1
SX 132-6 1.1 2.2 5,840 14,600 60 132 84 60 108 8 91 228 5.5 2.6
SX 158-6 2.0 4.0 4,920 12,300 70 158 98 70 124 11 102 264 8.6 3.1
SX 185-6 3.3 6.6 4,200 10,500 80 185 112 80 140 14 112 300 15 3.7
SX 202-6 4.6 9.2 3,840 9,600 90 202 125 90 159 16 128 339 21 3.8
SX 228-6 7.0 14.0 3,400 8,500 100 228 140 100 175 18 140 375 30 4.2
SX 255-6 10.2 20.4 3,080 7,700 110 255 155 115 197 21 156 427 40 4.7
SX 278-6 14.2 28.4 2,800 7,000 124 278 174 125 219 21 177 469 57 5.2
SX 302-6 20.0 40.0 2,560 6,400 135 302 190 135 235 24 186 505 74 5.7
SX 325-6 25.0 50.0 2,400 6,000 145 325 206 145 254 26 202 544 89 6.5
SX 345-6 31.0 62.0 2,200 5,500 155 345 217 155 270 28 214 580 109 6.9
SX 380-6 42.3 84.6 2,040 5,100 170 380 238 170 297 32 233 637 146 7.6
SX 410-6 57.1 114.2 1,880 4,700 180 410 255 185 321 33 254 690 190 8.2
SX 440-6 73.5 147.0 1,740 4,350 195 440 273 195 335 36 262 725 224 8.8
SX 475-6 92.0 184.0 1,680 4,200 210 475 295 210 359 38 283 779 228 9.5
SX 505-6 117.0 234.0 1,520 3,800 220 505 310 230 394 42 310 854 366 10.1
D
SX in-lbs in-lbs UNBAL. BAL. MAX BSE Weight 5 ±∆Ka

Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. BORE FD D LS Standard PW S OAL lbs inch
SX 90-6 2.1 4.2 9,100 22,700 1.50 3.54 2.28 1.57 2.13 0.165 1.80 5.27 5 0.059
SX 110-6 5.1 10.2 7,200 18,000 1.81 4.33 2.56 1.97 3.50 0.331 2.84 7.44 6 0.083
SX 132-6 9.7 19.5 5,840 14,600 2.38 5.20 3.31 2.36 4.25 0.331 3.59 8.97 12 0.102
SX 158-6 17.7 35.4 4,920 12,300 2.75 6.22 3.86 2.76 4.88 0.441 4.00 10.40 19 0.122
SX 185-6 29.2 58.4 4,200 10,500 3.13 7.28 4.41 3.15 5.50 0.551 4.40 11.80 33 0.146
SX 202-6 40.7 81.4 3,840 9,600 3.50 7.95 4.92 3.54 6.25 0.610 5.03 13.33 46 0.150
SX 228-6 62.0 123.9 3,400 8,500 3.94 8.98 5.51 3.94 6.88 0.689 5.50 14.76 66 0.165
SX 255-6 90.3 180.6 3,080 7,700 4.31 10.04 6.10 4.53 7.75 0.807 6.14 16.81 88 0.185
SX 278-6 125.7 251.4 2,800 7,000 4.88 10.95 6.85 4.92 8.63 0.835 6.96 18.47 125 0.205
SX 302-6 177.0 354.0 2,560 6,400 5.31 11.89 7.48 5.32 9.25 0.961 7.33 19.89 163 0.224
SX 325-6 221.3 442.6 2,400 6,000 5.75 12.80 8.07 5.71 10.00 1.024 7.95 21.42 196 0.256
SX 345-6 274.4 549 2,200 5,500 6.06 13.58 8.55 6.10 10.63 1.110 8.41 22.83 240 0.272
SX 380-6 374.4 749 2,040 5,100 6.69 14.96 9.37 6.70 11.68 1.260 9.16 25.08 321 0.299
SX 410-6 505 1,011 1,880 4,700 7.13 16.14 10.04 7.28 12.62 1.307 10.01 27.18 418 0.323
SX 440-6 651 1,301 1,740 4,350 7.69 17.32 10.75 7.68 13.19 1.433 10.32 28.55 493 0.346
SX 475-6 814 1,629 1,680 4,200 8.25 18.70 11.62 8.27 14.13 1.504 11.12 30.67 634 0.374
SX 505-6 1,036 2,071 1,520 3,800 8.75 19.88 12.20 9.06 15.50 1.654 12.19 33.62 805 0.398
misalignment.
D-10

SX 278-8 20 40 2,800 7,000 124 278 174 125 219 21 177 469 59 3.70
SX 302-8 30 60 2,560 6,400 135 302 190 135 235 24 186 505 77 4.00
SX 325-8 37 74 2,400 6,000 145 325 205 145 254 26 202 544 92 4.30
SX 345-8 46 92 2,200 5,500 155 345 217 155 270 28 214 580 112 4.60
SX 380-8 63 126 2,040 5,100 170 380 238 170 297 32 233 637 150 5.00
SX 410-8 86 172 1,880 4,700 180 410 255 185 321 33 254 690 195 5.40
SX 440-8 110 220 1,740 4,350 195 440 273 195 335 36 262 725 230 5.80
SX 475-8 138 276 1,680 4,200 210 475 295 210 359 38 283 779 295 6.30
SX 505-8 175 350 1,520 3,800 220 505 310 230 394 42 310 854 374 6.70
SX 540-8 220 440 1,440 3,600 235 540 330 240 416 46 324 896 454 7.20
SX 570-8 259 518 1,360 3,400 250 570 350 250 451 52 348 951 535 7.60
SX 605-8 315 630 1,280 3,200 265 605 370 265 475 53 368 1,005 617 7.80
SX 635-8 383 766 1,240 3,100 275 635 385 280 521 61 399 1,081 728 8.20
SX 675-8 454 908 1,160 2,900 290 675 410 300 559 65 428 1,159 875 8.40
SX 700-8 528 1,056 1,120 2,800 300 700 420 315 595 69 458 1,225 1,021 8.90
SX 730-8 608 1,216 1,080 2,700 315 730 440 330 613 71 471 1,273 1,130 9.20
SX 760-8 700 1,400 1,040 2,600 330 760 460 350 643 73 497 1,343 1,310 9.60
D
SX 278-8 117.0 354 2,800 7,000 4.88 10.95 6.85 4.92 8.63 0.835 6.96 18.47 130 0.146
SX 302-8 265.5 531 2,560 6,400 5.38 11.89 7.48 5.32 9.25 0.961 7.33 19.89 169 0.157
SX 325-8 327.5 655 2,400 6,000 5.75 12.80 8.07 5.71 10.00 1.024 7.95 21.42 202 0.169
SX 345-8 407.1 814 2,200 5,500 6.13 13.58 8.55 6.10 10.63 1.110 8.41 22.83 246 0.181
SX 380-8 558 1,115 2,040 5,100 6.63 14.96 9.37 6.70 11.68 1.260 9.16 25.08 330 0.197
SX 410-8 761 1,522 1,880 4,700 7.13 16.14 10.04 7.28 12.62 1.307 10.01 27.18 429 0.213
SX 440-8 974 1,947 1,740 4,350 7.69 17.32 10.75 7.68 13.19 1.433 10.32 28.55 506 0.228
SX 475-8 1,221 2,443 1,680 4,200 8.25 18.70 11.62 8.27 14.13 1.504 11.12 30.67 649 0.248
SX 505-8 1,549 3,098 1,520 3,800 8.88 19.88 12.20 9.06 15.50 1.654 12.19 33.62 823 0.264
SX 540-8 1,947 3,894 1,440 3,600 9.25 21.26 12.99 9.45 16.38 1.811 12.76 35.28 999 0.283
SX 570-8 2,292 4,585 1,360 3,400 9.88 22.44 13.78 9.84 17.75 2.031 13.69 37.43 1,177 0.299
SX 605-8 2,788 5,576 1,280 3,200 10.44 23.82 14.57 10.43 18.69 2.094 14.50 39.55 1,357 0.307
SX 635-8 3,390 6,780 1,240 3,100 10.88 25.00 15.16 11.03 20.50 2.394 15.71 42.56 1,602 0.323
SX 675-8 4,018 8,037 1,160 2,900 11.50 26.58 16.14 11.81 22.00 2.567 16.87 45.62 1,925 0.331
SX 700-8 4,673 9,347 1,120 2,800 11.81 27.56 16.54 12.40 23.44 2.709 18.02 48.24 2,246 0.350
SX 730-8 5,381 10,763 1,080 2,700 12.44 28.74 17.32 12.99 24.13 2.803 18.52 50.11 2,486 0.362
SX 760-8 6,196 12,391 1,040 2,600 13.00 29.92 18.11 13.78 25.31 2.866 19.58 52.87 2,882 0.378
misalignment.
D-11

SX 505-10 219 438 1,520 3,800 220 505 310 230 394 42 310 854 378 5.0
SX 540-10 274 548 1,440 3,600 235 540 330 240 416 46 324 896 459 5.4
SX 570-10 323 646 1,360 3,400 250 570 350 250 451 52 348 951 540 5.7
SX 605-10 394 788 1,280 3,200 265 605 370 265 475 53 368 1,005 622 5.8
SX 635-10 480 960 1,240 3,100 275 635 385 280 521 61 399 1,081 734 6.2
SX 675-10 570 1,140 1,160 2,900 290 675 410 300 559 65 428 1,159 882 6.4
SX 700-10 660 1,320 1,120 2,800 300 700 420 315 595 69 458 1,225 1,029 6.7
SX 730-10 760 1,520 1,080 2,700 315 730 440 330 610 71 467 1,269 1,139 7.0
SX 760-10 870 1,740 1,040 2,600 330 760 460 350 643 73 497 1,343 1,320 7.5

D
SX 505-10 1,938 3,877 1,520 3,800 8.75 19.88 12.20 9.06 15.50 1.654 12.19 33.62 833 0.197
SX 540-10 2,425 4,850 1,440 3,600 9.25 21.26 12.99 9.45 16.38 1.811 12.76 35.28 1,012 0.213
SX 570-10 2,859 5,718 1,360 3,400 9.88 22.44 13.78 9.84 17.75 2.031 13.69 37.43 1,190 0.224
SX 605-10 3,487 6,975 1,280 3,200 10.44 23.82 14.57 10.43 18.69 2.094 14.50 39.55 1,371 0.228
SX 635-10 4,287 8,497 1,240 3,100 10.88 25.00 15.16 11.03 20.50 2.394 15.71 42.56 1,618 0.244
SX 675-10 5,045 10,090 1,160 2,900 11.50 26.58 16.14 11.81 22.00 2.567 16.87 45.62 1,944 0.252
SX 700-10 5,842 11,683 1,120 2,800 11.81 27.56 16.54 12.40 23.44 2.709 18.02 48.24 2,269 0.264
SX 730-10 6,727 13,454 1,080 2,700 12.44 28.74 17.32 12.99 24.00 2.803 18.39 49.98 2,511 0.276
SX 760-10 7,700 15,401 1,040 2,600 13.00 29.92 18.11 13.78 25.31 2.866 19.58 52.87 2,910 0.295

misalignment.
D-12
SXC-6 Close Coupled Industrial Style Disc Coupling, 6-bolt
OAL
S
FW PW
FC
FD
LS BSE1
D
HUB
FW
SPACER
Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX 1

MAX 2
AXIAL6
Type TORQ. TORQ. SPEED SPEED MAX Misalig.
SXC Nm Nm UNBAL. BAL. BORE Weight5 ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. mm kg mm
SXC 110-6 0.6 1.2 7,200 18,000 29 1.8 2.1
SXC 132-6 1.1 2.2 5,840 14,600 50 3.8 2.6
SXC 158-6 2.0 4.0 4,920 12,300 60 5.8 3.1
SXC 185-6 3.3 6.6 4,200 10,500 68 10 3.7
SXC 202-6 4.6 9.2 3,840 9,600 75 15 3.8
SXC 228-6 7.0 14.0 3,400 8,500 85 21 4.2
SXC 255-6 10.2 20.4 3,080 7,700 95 27 4.7
SXC 278-6 14.2 28.4 2,800 7,000 105 36 5.2
SXC 302-6 20.0 40.0 2,560 6,400 115 46 5.7
SXC 325-6 25.0 50.0 2,400 6,000 125 55 6.5
SXC 345-6 31.0 62.0 2,200 5,500 130 70 6.9
SXC 380-6 42.3 84.6 2,040 5,100 145 92 7.6
SXC 410-6 57.1 114.2 1,880 4,700 160 116 8.2
SXC 440-6 73.5 147.0 1,740 4,350 165 136 8.8
SXC 475-6 92.0 184.0 1,680 4,200 180 172 9.5 Charts are continued on next page.
SXC 505-6 117.0 234.0 1,520 3,800 195 225 10.1
Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 AXIAL6

D
SXC in-lbs in-lbs UNBAL. BAL. BORE Weight5 ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. inch lbs inch
SXC 110-6 5.1 10.2 7,200 18,000 1.14 4 0.083
SXC 132-6 9.7 19.5 5,840 14,600 2.06 8 0.102
SXC 158-6 17.7 35.4 4,920 12,300 2.38 13 0.122
SXC 185-6 29.2 58.4 4,200 10,500 2.68 22 0.146
SXC 202-6 40.7 81.4 3,840 9,600 3.06 33 0.150
SXC 228-6 62.0 123.9 3,400 8,500 3.44 46 0.165
SXC 255-6 90.3 180.6 3,080 7,700 3.88 60 0.185
SXC 278-6 125.7 251.4 2,800 7,000 4.25 79 0.205
SXC 302-6 177.0 354.0 2,560 6,400 4.63 101 0.224
SXC 325-6 221.3 442.6 2,400 6,000 4.88 121 0.256
SXC 345-6 274.4 548.8 2,200 5,500 5.25 154 0.272
SXC 380-6 374.4 748.8 2,040 5,100 5.75 203 0.299
SXC 410-6 505.4 1,011 1,880 4,700 6.25 256 0.323
SXC 440-6 650.5 1,301 1,740 4,350 6.50 300 0.346
SXC 475-6 814.3 1,629 1,680 4,200 7.06 379 0.374
SXC 505-6 1,036 2,071 1,520 3,800 7.75 503 0.398
misalignment.
D-13
OAL
S
FW PW
FC
FD
LS BSE1
D
HUB
FW
SPACER
Cplg. DIMENSIONS (mm)

Type
SXC BSE BSE OAL1
Size FD D LS Standard 1 Rev. Hub PW HH FW FC S OAL 1 Rev. Hub
SXC 110-6 110 54 50 4 47 8 6 8 45 72 116 152
SXC 132-6 132 71 60 4 56 8 6 8 45 91 135 181
SXC 158-6 158 84 70 4 64 11 7 10 55 102 158 211
SXC 185-6 185 95 80 4 72 14 8 12 65 112 180 240
SXC 202-6 202 110 90 7 83 16 9 14 75 128 205 272
SXC 228-6 228 123 100 7 91 18 10 16 85 140 227 301
SXC 255-6 255 138 115 7 102 21 13 20 100 156 263 345
SXC 278-6 278 152 125 9 114 21 13 20 105 177 285 377
SXC 302-6 302 165 135 9 122 24 14 22 115 186 307 406
SXC 325-6 325 174 145 8 131 26 14 22 115 202 326 435
SXC 345-6 345 186 155 8 139 28 15 24 125 214 348 464
SXC 380-6 380 204 170 10 153 32 17 27 140 233 385 511
SXC 410-6 410 223 185 11 166 33 19 30 150 254 419 554
SXC 440-6 440 233 195 14 176 36 21 33 165 262 446 587
SXC 475-6 475 252 210 11 185 38 23 36 180 283 477 628
SXC 505-6 505 276 230 11 203 42 25 39 195 310 522 688
Cplg. DIMENSIONS (in)

Type
D
SXC BSE BSE OAL1

SXC 110-6 4.33 2.13 1.97 0.16 1.84 0.33 0.22 0.31 1.77 2.84 4.56 6.00
SXC 132-6 5.20 2.79 2.36 0.16 2.21 0.33 0.22 0.31 1.77 3.59 5.31 7.14
SXC 158-6 6.22 3.31 2.76 0.16 2.52 0.44 0.28 0.39 2.17 4.00 6.22 8.31
SXC 185-6 7.28 3.74 3.15 0.16 2.82 0.55 0.31 0.47 2.56 4.40 7.07 9.44
SXC 202-6 7.95 4.33 3.54 0.27 3.26 0.61 0.35 0.55 2.95 5.03 8.06 10.70
SXC 228-6 8.98 4.84 3.94 0.26 3.57 0.69 0.39 0.63 3.35 5.50 8.93 11.84
SXC 255-6 10.04 5.43 4.53 0.26 4.01 0.81 0.51 0.79 3.94 6.14 10.35 13.58
SXC 278-6 10.95 5.99 4.92 0.36 4.50 0.84 0.51 0.79 4.13 6.96 11.23 14.85
SXC 302-6 11.89 6.50 5.32 0.34 4.80 0.96 0.55 0.87 4.53 7.33 12.08 15.99
SXC 325-6 12.80 6.85 5.71 0.31 5.16 1.02 0.55 0.87 4.53 7.95 12.83 17.13
SXC 345-6 13.58 7.32 6.10 0.32 5.47 1.11 0.59 0.94 4.92 8.41 13.70 18.27
SXC 380-6 14.96 8.03 6.70 0.41 6.04 1.26 0.67 1.06 5.51 9.16 15.14 20.11
SXC 410-6 16.14 8.78 7.28 0.42 6.52 1.31 0.75 1.18 5.91 10.01 16.48 21.83
SXC 440-6 17.32 9.17 7.68 0.55 6.93 1.43 0.83 1.30 6.50 10.32 17.56 23.12
SXC 475-6 18.70 9.92 8.27 0.42 7.28 1.50 0.91 1.42 7.09 11.12 18.78 24.72
SXC 505-6 19.88 10.87 9.06 0.45 7.98 1.65 0.98 1.54 7.68 12.19 20.54 27.08
misalignment.
D-14
OAL
S
FW PW
FC
FD
LS BSE1
D
HUB
FW
SPACER
Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX 1

MAX 2
AXIAL6
SXC kNm kNm UNBAL. BAL. BORE Weight5 ±∆Ka
SXC 278-8 20 40.0 2,800 7,000 100 36 3.7
SXC 302-8 30 60.0 2,560 6,400 110 45 4.0
SXC 325-8 37 74.0 2,400 6,000 115 51 4.3
SXC 345-8 46 92.0 2,200 5,500 125 64 4.6
SXC 380-8 63 126.0 2,040 5,100 140 84 5.0
SXC 410-8 86 172.0 1,880 4,700 150 109 5.4
SXC 440-8 110 220.0 1,740 4,350 160 130 5.8
SXC 475-8 138 276.0 1,680 4,200 170 164 6.3
SXC 505-8 175 350.0 1,520 3,800 190 212 6.7
SXC 540-8 220 440.0 1,440 3,600 195 265 7.2
SXC 570-8 259 518.0 1,360 3,400 205 311 7.6
SXC 605-8 315 630.0 1,280 3,200 215 353 7.8
SXC 635-8 383 766.0 1,240 3,100 230 406 8.2
SXC 675-8 454 908.0 1,160 2,900 250 458 8.4
SXC 700-8 528 1,056 1,120 2,800 260 556 8.9
SXC 730-8 608 1,216 1,080 2,700 265 613 9.2
Charts are continued on next page.
SXC 760-8 700 1,400 1,040 2,600 280 698 9.6

D
SXC in-lbs in-lbs UNBAL. BAL. BORE Weight5 ±∆Ka
SXC 278-8 117.0 354 2,800 7,000 4.06 79 0.146
SXC 302-8 265.5 531 2,560 6,400 4.44 99 0.157
SXC 325-8 327.5 655 2,400 6,000 4.69 112 0.169
SXC 345-8 407.1 814 2,200 5,500 5.00 141 0.181
SXC 380-8 558 1,115 2,040 5,100 5.50 185 0.197
SXC 410-8 761 1,522 1,880 4,700 6.06 240 0.213
SXC 440-8 974 1,947 1,740 4,350 6.31 287 0.228
SXC 475-8 1,221 2,443 1,680 4,200 6.88 362 0.248
SXC 505-8 1,549 3,098 1,520 3,800 7.50 467 0.264
SXC 540-8 1,947 3,894 1,440 3,600 7.81 584 0.283
SXC 570-8 2,292 4,585 1,360 3,400 8.06 686 0.299
SXC 605-8 2,788 5,576 1,280 3,200 8.56 778 0.307
SXC 635-8 3,390 6,780 1,240 3,100 9.06 895 0.323
SXC 675-8 4,018 8,037 1,160 2,900 9.88 1010 0.331
SXC 700-8 4,673 9,347 1,120 2,800 10.25 1226 0.350
SXC 730-8 5,381 10,763 1,080 2,700 10.50 1351 0.362
SXC 760-8 6,196 12,391 1,040 2,600 11.13 1539 0.378
misalignment.
D-15
OAL
S
FW PW
FC
FD
LS BSE1
D
HUB
FW
SPACER
Cplg. DIMENSIONS (mm)

Type
SXC BSE BSE OAL1
SXC 278-8 278 142 125 9 114 21 13 20 105 177 285 377
SXC 302-8 302 153 135 9 122 24 14 22 115 186 307 406
SXC 325-8 325 166 145 8 131 26 14 22 115 202 326 435
SXC 345-8 345 178 155 8 139 28 15 24 125 214 348 464
SXC 380-8 380 196 170 10 153 32 17 27 140 233 385 511
SXC 410-8 410 215 185 11 166 33 19 30 150 254 419 554
SXC 440-8 440 225 195 11 173 36 21 33 165 262 443 584
SXC 475-8 475 244 210 11 185 38 23 36 180 283 477 628
SXC 505-8 505 254 230 11 203 42 25 39 195 310 522 688
SXC 540-8 540 278 240 20 218 46 26 42 210 324 552 724
SXC 570-8 570 288 250 41 246 52 28 45 230 348 597 774
SXC 605-8 605 306 265 41 258 53 30 48 240 368 631 818
SXC 635-8 635 322 280 64 293 61 33 52 265 399 691 886
SXC 675-8 675 350 300 71 315 65 35 56 280 428 741 950
SXC 700-8 700 365 315 85 340 69 38 60 300 458 791 1,008
SXC 730-8 730 375 330 73 343 71 38 60 305 471 809 1,041
SXC 760-8 760 395 350 71 357 73 40 64 320 851 851 1,097
Cplg. DIMENSIONS (in)

Type
D
SXC BSE BSE OAL1

SXC 278-8 10.95 5.59 4.92 0.36 4.50 0.83 0.51 0.79 4.13 6.96 11.23 14.85
SXC 302-8 11.89 6.02 5.32 0.34 4.80 0.96 0.55 0.87 4.53 7.33 12.08 15.99
SXC 325-8 12.80 6.53 5.71 0.31 5.16 1.02 0.55 0.87 4.53 7.95 12.83 17.13
SXC 345-8 13.58 7.00 6.10 0.32 5.47 1.11 0.59 0.94 4.92 8.41 13.70 18.27
SXC 380-8 14.96 7.71 6.70 0.41 6.04 1.26 0.67 1.06 5.51 9.16 15.14 20.11
SXC 410-8 16.14 8.46 7.28 0.42 6.52 1.31 0.75 1.18 5.91 10.01 16.48 21.83
SXC 440-8 17.32 8.86 7.68 0.43 6.81 1.43 0.83 1.30 6.50 10.32 17.44 23.00
SXC 475-8 18.70 9.61 8.27 0.42 7.28 1.50 0.91 1.42 7.09 11.12 18.78 24.72
SXC 505-8 19.88 10.00 9.06 0.45 7.98 1.65 0.98 1.54 7.68 12.19 20.54 27.08
SXC 540-8 21.26 10.94 9.45 0.79 8.58 1.81 1.02 1.65 8.27 12.76 21.73 28.51
SXC 570-8 22.44 11.34 9.84 1.61 9.68 2.03 1.10 1.77 9.06 13.69 23.50 30.46
SXC 605-8 23.82 12.05 10.43 1.61 10.15 2.09 1.18 1.89 9.45 14.50 24.83 32.19
SXC 635-8 25.00 12.68 11.03 2.53 11.52 2.39 1.30 2.05 10.43 15.71 27.19 34.88
SXC 675-8 26.58 13.78 11.81 2.79 12.39 2.57 1.38 2.20 11.02 16.87 29.17 37.39
SXC 700-8 27.56 14.37 12.40 3.36 13.40 2.71 1.50 2.36 11.81 18.02 31.16 39.70
SXC 730-8 28.74 14.76 12.99 2.87 13.50 2.80 1.50 2.36 12.01 18.52 31.85 40.98
SXC 760-8 29.92 15.55 13.78 2.79 14.05 2.87 1.57 2.52 12.60 19.58 33.50 43.18
misalignment.
D-16
SXCS-6 Close Coupled Industrial Style Disc Coupling Split Spacer, 6-bolt
AXIAL SPLIT OAL
PW BSE
FD D OD
HUB
DISC PACK KIT MOUNT BOLTS
SPLIT SPACER MOUNT RING

SXCS kNm kNm UNBAL. BAL. BORE Weight5 ±∆Ka
SXCS 110-6 0.6 1.2 7,200 18,000 29 1.8 2.1
SXCS 132-6 1.1 2.2 5,840 14,600 50 3.8 2.6
SXCS 158-6 2.0 4.0 4,920 12,300 60 5.8 3.1
SXCS 185-6 3.3 6.6 4,200 10,500 68 10 3.7
SXCS 202-6 4.6 9.2 3,840 9,600 75 15 3.8
SXCS 228-6 7.0 14.0 3,400 8,500 85 21 4.2
SXCS 255-6 10.2 20.4 3,080 7,700 95 27 4.7
SXCS 278-6 14.2 28.4 2,800 7,000 105 36 5.2 Charts are continued on next page.
SXCS 302-6 20.0 40.0 2,560 6,400 115 46 5.7

SXCS in-lbs in-lbs UNBAL. BAL. BORE Weight5 ±∆Ka
D
SXCS 110-6 5.1 10.2 7,200 18,000 1.14 4 0.083
SXCS 132-6 9.7 19.5 5,840 14,600 2.06 8 0.102
SXCS 158-6 17.7 35.4 4,920 12,300 2.38 13 0.122
SXCS 185-6 29.2 58.4 4,200 10,500 2.68 22 0.146
SXCS 202-6 40.7 81.4 3,840 9,600 3.06 33 0.150
SXCS 228-6 62.0 123.9 3,400 8,500 3.44 46 0.165
SXCS 255-6 90.3 180.6 3,080 7,700 3.88 60 0.185
SXCS 278-6 125.7 251.4 2,800 7,000 4.25 79 0.205
SXCS 302-6 177.0 354.0 2,560 6,400 4.63 101 0.224

misalignment.
D-17
SXCS-6 Close Coupled Industrial Style Disc Coupling Split Spacer, 6-bolt
AXIAL SPLIT OAL
PW BSE
FD D OD
HUB
DISC PACK KIT MOUNT BOLTS
SPLIT SPACER MOUNT RING
Cplg. Dimensions (mm)

Type
SXCS
Size FD D BSE PW OD OAL
SXCS 110-6 124.0 53.8 11.2 8.4 128.0 111.3
SXCS 132-6 145.0 70.9 9.1 8.4 149.1 129.0
SXCS 158-6 170.9 83.8 11.9 11.2 175.0 152.1
SXCS 185-6 195.1 95.0 14.7 14.0 198.9 174.8
SXCS 202-6 214.1 108.0 16.3 15.5 217.9 196.1
SXCS 228-6 243.1 122.9 18.3 17.5 246.9 218.4
SXCS 258-6 274.1 134.9 30.7 20.5 277.9 260.9
SXCS 278-6 294.1 151.9 22.1 21.2 297.9 272.0
SXCS 302-6 327.2 164.8 27.4 24.4 331.0 297.7
Cplg. Dimensions (in)

Type
SXCS
D
Size FD D BSE PW OD OAL

SXCS 110-6 4.88 2.12 0.44 0.331 5.04 4.38
SXCS 132-6 5.71 2.79 0.36 0.331 5.87 5.08
SXCS 158-6 6.73 3.30 0.47 0.442 6.89 5.99
SXCS 185-6 7.68 3.74 0.58 0.551 7.83 6.88
SXCS 202-6 8.43 4.25 0.64 0.610 8.58 7.72
SXCS 228-6 9.57 4.84 0.72 0.689 9.72 8.60
SXCS 258-6 10.79 5.31 1.21 0.806 10.94 10.27
SXCS 278-6 11.58 5.98 0.87 0.834 11.73 10.71
SXCS 302-6 12.88 6.49 1.08 0.961 13.03 11.72

misalignment.
D-18
Drop in (API) Style 5-piece Disc Coupling, 6-bolt

Type TORQ. TORQ. SPEED SPEED DIMENSIONS (mm) Misalig.
DI Nm Nm UNBAL. BAL. MAX BORE MAX BORE Weight5 ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. Standard Jumbo SD FD D LP S HH BSE OAL kg mm
DI 090-6 0.2 0.5 9,100 22,700 43 59 90 94 60 33 43 13 79 155 4 1.5
DI 110-6 0.6 1.2 7,200 18,000 52 75 110 115 73 50 61 13 108 208 5.4 2.1
DI 132-6 1.1 2.2 5,840 14,600 67 90 132 139 95 60 64 13 111 231 10 2.6
DI 158-6 2.0 4.0 4,920 12,300 80 105 158 165 112 70 79 17 140 280 18 3.1
DI 185-6 3.3 6.6 4,200 10,500 95 125 185 193 134 80 88 19 160 320 28 3.7
DI 202-6 4.6 9.2 3,840 9,600 102 135 202 210 144 90 105 22 186 366 38 3.8
DI 228-6 7.0 14.0 3,400 8,500 115 150 228 236 160 100 114 24 205 405 55 4.2
DI 255-6 10.2 20.4 3,080 7,700 125 170 255 263 175 115 140 27 251 481 72 4.7
DI 278-6 14.2 28.4 2,800 7,000 140 185 278 286 195 125 143 30 256 505 101 5.2
DI 302-6 20.0 40.0 2,560 6,400 155 200 302 310 217 135 156 32 281 551 133 5.7
DI 325-6 25.0 50.0 2,400 6,000 170 215 325 333 240 145 158 32 286 576 160 6.5
DI 345-6 31.0 62.0 2,200 5,500 180 230 345 355 255 155 182 30 321 631 193 6.9
DI 380-6 42.3 84.6 2,040 5,100 210 250 380 390 295 170 190 32 346 686 262 7.6
DI 410-6 57.1 114.2 1,880 4,700 225 270 410 420 315 185 206 36 375 744 335 8.2
DI 440-6 73.5 147.0 1,740 4,350 235 290 440 450 330 195 231 41 416 806 397 8.8
DI 475-6 92.0 184.0 1,680 4,200 250 312 475 485 355 210 252 46 451 871 505 9.5
DI 505-6 117.0 234.0 1,520 3,800 275 332 505 515 385 230 275 46 490 951 631 10.1
Metric dimensions are rounded to the nearest “mm” except where otherwise shown
D
Type TORQ. TORQ. SPEED SPEED DIMENSIONS (in) Misalig.
DI in-lbs in-lbs UNBAL. BAL. MAX BORE MAX BORE Weight5 ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. Standard Jumbo SD FD D LP S HH BSE OAL lbs inch
DI 090-6 2.1 4.2 9,100 22,700 1.68 2.25 3.54 3.70 2.36 1.30 1.68 0.51 3.11 6.10 8 0.059
DI 110-6 5.1 10.2 7,200 18,000 2.06 2.94 4.33 4.53 2.87 1.97 2.41 0.51 4.25 8.19 12 0.083
DI 132-6 9.7 19.5 5,840 14,600 2.69 3.56 5.20 5.47 3.74 2.36 2.54 0.51 4.38 9.10 22 0.102
DI 158-6 17.7 35.4 4,920 12,300 3.13 4.13 6.22 6.50 4.41 2.76 3.12 0.67 5.50 11.02 40 0.122
DI 185-6 29.2 58.4 4,200 10,500 3.75 4.94 7.28 7.60 5.28 3.15 3.48 0.75 6.31 12.61 62 0.146
DI 202-6 40.7 81.4 3,840 9,600 4.06 5.38 7.95 8.27 5.67 3.54 4.12 0.87 7.31 14.39 84 0.150
DI 228-6 62.0 123.9 3,400 8,500 4.50 5.94 8.98 9.29 6.30 3.94 4.48 0.94 8.06 15.94 121 0.165
DI 255-6 90.3 180.6 3,080 7,700 4.94 6.63 10.04 10.35 6.89 4.53 5.51 1.06 9.88 18.94 159 0.185
DI 278-6 125.7 251.4 2,800 7,000 5.50 7.31 10.94 11.26 7.68 4.92 5.63 1.18 10.06 19.90 223 0.205
DI 302-6 177.0 354.0 2,560 6,400 6.13 7.88 11.89 12.20 8.54 5.31 6.15 1.26 11.06 21.68 293 0.224
DI 325-6 221.3 442.6 2,400 6,000 6.75 8.44 12.80 13.11 9.45 5.71 6.21 1.26 11.25 22.67 353 0.256
DI 345-6 274.4 549 2,200 5,500 7.13 9.13 13.58 13.98 10.04 6.10 7.18 1.18 12.63 24.83 425 0.272
DI 380-6 374.4 749 2,040 5,100 8.31 9.88 14.96 15.35 11.61 6.69 7.49 1.26 13.63 27.01 578 0.299
DI 410-6 505 1,011 1,880 4,700 8.88 10.63 16.14 16.54 12.40 7.28 8.12 1.42 14.75 29.31 739 0.323
DI 440-6 651 1,301 1,740 4,350 9.25 11.44 17.32 17.72 12.99 7.68 9.10 1.61 16.38 31.74 875 0.346
DI 475-6 814 1,629 1,680 4,200 9.94 12.25 18.70 19.09 13.98 8.27 9.94 1.81 17.75 34.29 1,113 0.374
DI 505-6 1,036 2,071 1,520 3,800 10.88 13.13 19.88 20.28 15.16 9.06 10.81 1.81 19.31 37.43 1,391 0.398
misalignment.
D-19
DI-8 Drop in (API) Style 5-piece Disc Coupling, 8-bolt
OAL
LS BSE LS
FD
SD
D JD
STANDARD
HUB
GUARD JUMBO
SPACER
RING HUB

Type TORQ. TORQ. SPEED SPEED DIMENSIONS (mm) Misalig.
DI Nm Nm UNBAL. BAL. MAX BORE MAX BORE Weight5 ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. Standard Jumbo SD FD D JD LS BSE OAL kg mm
DI 278-8 20.0 40.0 2,800 7,000 140 185 278 332 195 260 125 256 505 130 3.7
DI 302-8 30.0 60.0 2,560 6,400 155 200 302 356 217 285 135 281 551 164 4.0
DI 325-8 37.0 74.0 2,400 6,000 170 215 325 400 240 305 145 286 576 213 4.3
DI 345-8 46.0 92.0 2,200 5,500 180 230 345 417 255 322 155 321 631 250 4.6
DI 380-8 63.0 126.0 2,040 5,100 210 255 380 455 295 360 170 346 686 325 5.0
DI 410-8 86.0 172.0 1,880 4,700 225 275 410 498 315 390 185 375 744 412 5.4
DI 440-8 110.0 220.0 1,740 4,350 235 300 440 528 330 420 195 416 806 480 5.8
DI 475-8 138.0 276.0 1,680 4,200 250 320 475 585 355 450 210 450 870 632 6.3
DI 505-8 175.0 350.0 1,520 3,800 275 341 505 615 385 480 230 490 951 794 6.7
DI 540-8 220.0 440.0 1,440 3,600 295 360 540 670 415 508 240 560 1,040 840 7.2
DI 570-8 259.0 518 1,360 3,400 320 385 570 702 450 540 250 607 1,106 950 7.6
DI 605-8 315.0 630 1,280 3,200 325 400 605 727 460 565 265 621 1,151 1,120 7.8

Type TORQ. TORQ. SPEED SPEED DIMENSIONS (in) Misalig.
DI in-lbs in-lbs UNBAL. BAL. MAX BORE MAX BORE Weight5 ±∆Ka
D
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. Standard Jumbo SD FD D JD LS BSE OAL lbs inch
DI 278-8 177.0 354.0 2,800 7,000 5.50 7.31 10.95 13.07 7.68 10.24 4.92 10.06 19.90 287 0.146
DI 302-8 265.5 531 2,560 6,400 6.13 7.88 11.89 14.02 8.54 11.22 5.32 11.06 21.70 362 0.157
DI 325-8 327.5 655 2,400 6,000 6.75 8.50 12.80 15.75 9.45 12.00 5.71 11.25 22.67 470 0.169
DI 345-8 407.1 814 2,200 5,500 7.13 9.06 13.58 16.42 10.04 12.68 6.10 12.63 24.83 551 0.181
DI 380-8 558 1,115 2,040 5,100 8.31 10.13 14.96 17.91 11.61 14.17 6.69 13.63 27.01 717 0.197
DI 410-8 761 1,522 1,880 4,700 8.88 10.94 16.14 19.60 12.40 15.35 7.28 14.75 29.31 908 0.213
DI 440-8 974 1,947 1,740 4,350 9.25 11.88 17.32 20.79 12.99 16.54 7.68 16.38 31.74 1,058 0.228
DI 475-8 1,221 2,443 1,680 4,200 9.94 12.63 18.70 23.03 13.98 17.72 8.27 17.72 34.26 1,393 0.248
DI 505-8 1,549 3,098 1,520 3,800 10.88 13.44 19.88 24.21 15.16 18.90 9.06 19.31 37.43 1,750 0.264
DI 540-8 1,947 3,894 1,440 3,600 11.63 14.25 21.26 26.38 16.34 20.00 9.45 22.06 40.96 1,852 0.283
DI 570-8 2,292 4,585 1,360 3,400 12.63 15.25 22.44 27.64 17.72 21.26 9.84 23.88 43.56 2,094 0.299
DI 605-8 2,788 5,576 1,280 3,200 12.88 15.94 23.82 28.62 18.11 22.24 10.43 24.44 45.30 2,469 0.307

misalignment.
D-20
SXGS Replacement for Floating Shaft Gear Coupling Reduced Moment

SX Nm Nm UNBAL. BAL. MAX BSE S Weight 5 ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. BORE FD SD CH LS MIN MIN kg mm
SXGS 132-6 / 1 1.1 2.2 5,840 14,600 50 132 116 66 60 97 85 8 2.6
SXGS 158-6 / 1.5 2.0 4.0 4,920 12,300 60 158 152 81 70 132 110 16 3.1
SXGS 185-6 / 2 3.3 6.6 4,200 10,500 70 185 178 96 80 147 115 24 3.7
SXGS 202-6 / 2.5 4.6 9.2 3,480 9,600 75 202 213 110 90 175 135 38 3.8
SXGS 255-6 / 3 10.2 20.4 3,080 7,700 95 255 240 130 115 165 135 57 4.7
SXGS 287-8 / 3.5 20.0 40.0 2,800 7,000 100 278 279 150 125 225 175 91 3.7
SXGS 302-8 / 4 30.0 60.0 2,560 6,400 110 302 318 160 135 225 175 118 4.0
SXGS 325-8 / 4.5 37.0 74.0 2,400 6,000 115 325 346 165 145 215 175 134 4.3
SXGS 345-8 / 5 46.0 92.0 2,200 5,500 125 345 389 185 155 280 220 196 4.6
SXGS 380-8 / 5.5 63.0 126.0 2,040 5,100 140 380 425 200 170 280 220 245 5.0
SXGS 410-8 / 6 86.0 172.0 1,880 4,700 150 410 457 200 185 210 180 245 5.4
SXGS 540-8 / 7 110.0 220.0 1,440 3,600 195 540 527 235 240 190 180 508 7.2

D
SX in-lbs in-lbs UNBAL. BAL. MAX BSE S Weight 5 ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. BORE FD SD CH LS MIN MIN lbs in
SXGS 132-6 / 1 9.7 19.5 5,840 14,600 2.06 5.20 4.56 2.60 2.36 3.82 3.35 17 0.102
SXGS 158-6 / 1.5 17.7 35.4 4,920 12,300 2.38 6.22 6.00 3.19 2.76 5.20 4.33 35 0.122
SXGS 185-6 / 2 29.2 58.4 4,200 10,500 2.75 7.28 7.00 3.78 3.15 5.79 4.53 53 0.146
SXGS 202-6 / 2.5 40.7 81.4 3,840 9,600 3.06 7.95 8.38 4.33 3.54 6.89 5.31 84 0.150
SXGS 255-6 / 3 90.3 180.6 3,080 7,700 3.88 10.04 9.44 5.12 4.53 6.50 5.31 126 0.185
SXGS 287-8 / 3.5 177.0 354 2,800 7,000 4.06 10.95 11.00 5.90 4.92 8.86 6.89 201 0.146
SXGS 302-8 / 4 265.5 531 2,560 6,400 4.44 11.89 12.50 6.30 5.32 8.86 6.89 260 0.157
SXGS 325-8 / 4.5 327.5 655 2,400 6,000 4.68 12.80 13.63 6.50 5.71 8.46 6.89 295 0.169
SXGS 345-8 / 5 407.1 814 2,200 5,500 5.00 13.58 15.31 7.28 6.10 11.02 8.66 432 0.181
SXGS 380-8 / 5.5 558 1,115 2,040 5,100 5.50 14.96 16.75 7.87 6.69 11.02 8.66 540 0.197
SXGS 410-8 / 6 761 1,522 1,880 4,700 6.06 16.14 18.00 7.87 7.28 8.27 7.09 560 0.213
SXGS 540-8 / 7 1,947 3,894 1,440 3,600 7.75 21.26 20.75 9.25 9.45 7.48 7.09 1,120 0.283
misalignment.
D-21
Replacement for Floating Shaft Gear Coupling Drop-In Style
S
RD
FD FD
D
RD
P SE P
DIR
DILR
SX Nm Nm UNBAL. BAL. MAX BORE BSE Weight 5 ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. r.p.m. STD. KEY FD RD D LP LS MIN kg mm
DIR 132-6 / 1 1.1 2.2 5,840 14,600 56 132 116 78 40 42 170 5 2.6
DIR 158-6 / 1.5 2.0 4.0 4,920 12,300 76 158 152 101 47 48 225 11 3.1
DIR 185-6 / 2 3.3 6.6 4,200 10,500 95 185 178 125 58 60 265 17 3.7
DIR 202-6 / 2.5 4.6 9.2 3,480 9,600 114 202 213 150 74 73 300 24 3.8
DIR 255-6 / 3 10.2 20.4 3,080 7,700 134 255 240 176 86 84 365 42 4.7
DIR 287-8 / 3.5 20.0 40.0 2,800 7,000 150 278 279 201 101 97 405 67 3.7
DIR 302-8 / 4 30.0 60.0 2,560 6,400 176 302 318 235 113 108 440 86 4.0
DIR 325-8 / 4.5 37.0 74.0 2,400 6,000 202 325 346 264 128 122 455 102 4.3
DIR 345-8 / 5 46.0 92.0 2,200 5,500 231 345 389 294 145 140 500 139 4.6
DIR 380-8 / 5.5 63.0 126.0 2,040 5,100 260 380 425 325 156 152 545 179 5.0
DIR 410-8 / 6 86.0 172.0 1,880 4,700 288 410 457 356 188 170 555 199 5.4
DIR 540-8 / 7 110.0 220.0 1,440 3,600 318 540 527 400 221 187 680 419 7.2
Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX2 DIMENSIONS (in) AXIAL6

Type TORQ. TORQ. SPEED Misalig.
D
SX in-lbs in-lbs BAL. MAX. BORE MAX BORE BSE Weight 5 ±∆Ka
Size x103 x103 r.p.m. STD. KEY RED. KEY FD RD D LP LS MIN lb inch
DIR 132-6 / 1 9.7 19.5 14,600 2.13 2.25 5.20 4.56 3.06 1.56 1.66 6.69 11 0.102
DIR 158-6 / 1.5 17.7 35.4 12,300 2.81 3.06 6.22 6.00 3.97 1.84 1.88 8.86 24 0.122
DIR 185-6 / 2 29.2 58.4 10,500 3.50 3.75 7.28 7.00 4.91 2.28 2.38 10.43 37 0.146
DIR 202-6 / 2.5 40.7 81.4 9,600 4.25 4.50 7.95 8.38 5.91 2.90 2.88 11.81 53 0.150
DIR 255-6 / 3 90.3 180.6 7,700 4.88 5.25 10.04 9.44 6.91 3.40 3.31 14.37 93 0.185
DIR 287-8 / 3.5 177.0 354 7,000 5.63 5.88 10.95 11.00 7.91 3.96 3.81 15.94 148 0.146
DIR 302-8 / 4 265.5 531 6,400 6.50 6.50 11.89 12.50 9.25 4.43 4.25 17.32 190 0.157
DIR 325-8 / 4.5 327.5 655 6,000 7.38 7.63 12.80 13.63 10.38 5.03 4.81 17.91 225 0.169
DIR 345-8 / 5 407.1 814 5,500 8.38 8.75 13.58 15.31 11.56 5.69 5.50 19.69 306 0.181
DIR 380-8 / 5.5 558 1,115 5,100 9.25 9.75 14.96 16.75 12.81 6.15 6.00 21.46 395 0.197
DIR 410-8 / 6 761 1,522 4,700 11.13 10.75 16.14 18.00 14.00 7.41 6.69 21.85 439 0.213
DIR 540-8 / 7 1,947 3,894 3,600 11.25 12.00 21.26 20.75 15.75 8.69 7.38 26.77 924 0.283
misalignment.
7) DIR is with rigid hubs. DILR are less rigid hubs.
D-22
Various examples for the disc coupling
Our Application Engineering Department is ready to supply the most suitable configuration to fit your requirements.
SU Type SXAC Type

(Single disc pack) (with clamping element)
SXFS Type
(With floating shaft)
D
SXV Type
(For vertical mounting)
SXCS Type (over size 302) SXCAC Type

(Spacer in 2 halves) (With internal clamping element)
D-23
SXFA Type SXEI Type

(With flanged adaptors) (With electrical insulation)
SXSP Type SXLEF Type

D
(With shear pins) (Limited end float)
SXHP Type
(High performance)
D-24
Disc Couplings Technical Data
Engineering Section/Bore and Keyway Standards
Inch Bore Standards to AGMA 9002-A96 Metric Bore per ISO/R775;1969 (mm) H7
Shaft Diameter inches Shaft Diameter mm
Nominal Shaft Tolerance
Over Thru Diam. Less Bore Tolerance Over Thru H7 mm
— 1.5000 0.001 +0.0005 -0.000 1 3 +0.010 -0.0
1.5000 3.0000 0.002 +0.0010 -0.000 3 6 +0.012 -0.0
3.0000 4.0000 0.003 +0.0015 -0.000 6 10 +0.015 -0.0
4.0000 5.0000 0.0035 +0.0015 -0.000 10 18 +0.018 -0.0
5.0000 7.0000 0.004 +0.0015 -0.000 18 30 +0.021 -0.0
7.0000 8.0000 0.005 +0.002 -0.000 30 50 +0.025 -0.0
8.0000 9.0000 0.0055 +0.002 -0.000 50 80 +0.030 -0.0
80 120 +0.035 -0.0
120 180 +0.040 -0.0
180 250 +0.046 -0.0
250 315 +0.052 -0.0
315 400 +0.057 -0.0
Keyway Standards for Inch Bores Keyway Standards for Metric Bores JS9
Nominal Keyway inches Nominal Bore Diam.
Square (up to 6.5000 mm Nominal Keyway mm Nominal Key mm
Nominal Bore inches), rectangular Over To Width Depth Width Height
Diam. Inches over Nominal Key inches 6 8 2 1.0 2 2
Over To Width Depth Width Height 8 10 3 1.4 3 3
0.4375 0.5625 0.1250 0.0625 0.1250 0.1250 10 12 4 1.8 4 4
0.5625 0.8750 0.1875 0.0937 0.1875 0.1875 12 17 5 2.3 5 5
0.8750 1.2500 0.2500 0.1250 0.2500 0.2500 17 22 6 2.8 6 6
D
1.2500 1.3750 0.3125 0.1562 0.3125 0.3125 22 30 8 3.3 8 7
1.3750 1.5000 0.3750 0.1875 0.3750 0.3750 30 38 10 3.3 10 8
1.5000 1.7500 0.3750 0.1875 0.3750 0.3750 38 44 12 3.3 12 8
1.7500 2.0000 0.5000 0.2500 0.5000 0.5000 44 50 14 3.8 14 9
2.0000 2.2500 0.5000 0.2500 0.5000 0.5000 50 58 16 4.3 16 10
2.2500 2.7500 0.6250 0.3125 0.6250 0.6250 58 65 18 4.4 18 11
2.7500 3.0000 0.7500 0.3750 0.7500 0.7500 65 75 20 4.9 20 12
3.0000 3.2500 0.7500 0.3750 0.7500 0.7500 75 85 22 5.4 22 14
3.2500 3.7500 0.8750 0.4375 0.8750 0.8750 85 95 25 5.4 25 14
3.7500 4.0000 1.0000 0.5000 1.0000 1.0000 95 110 28 6.4 28 16
4.0000 4.5000 1.0000 0.5000 1.0000 1.0000 110 130 32 7.4 32 18
4.5000 5.0000 1.2500 0.6250 1.2500 1.2500 130 150 36 8.4 36 20
5.0000 5.5000 1.2500 0.6250 1.2500 1.2500 150 170 40 9.4 40 22
5.5000 6.5000 1.5000 0.7500 1.5000 1.5000 170 200 45 10.4 45 25
6.5000 7.0000 1.7500 0.7500 1.7500 1.5000 200 230 50 11.4 50 28
7.0000 7.5000 1.7500 0.7500 1.7500 1.5000 230 260 56 12.4 56 32
7.5000 8.0000 2.0000 0.7500 2.0000 1.5000 260 290 63 12.4 63 32
8.0000 9.0000 2.0000 0.7500 2.0000 1.5000 290 330 70 14.4 70 36
330 380 80 15.4 80 40
380 440 90 17.4 90 45
D-25
Disc Couplings Installation Instructions
Installation of hubs. Machinery alignment.
Installation of disc packs and spacer.
1. Installation of the hubs on the machine shafts.
a) Straight shafts with keyway.
Lovejoy/Jaure supplies inch dimensioned hub bores to AGMA 9002-A96 interference fit.
b) Metric bored straight shafts.
Lovejoy supplies disc hubs machined with clearance to H7 or interference to P7. Lovejoy/Jaure recommends that the shaft should be machined for an
interference fit using tolerance s6 (ISO-286). Whenever shafts are already machined with a different tolerance from s6, Lovejoy will customize the hub bores.
The following tolerances are recommended by Lovejoy.
Shaft tolerance Hub tolerance

h6 T7
k6 R7
m6 P7
n6 N7
p6 M7
c) Clamping devices.
When clamping devices such as tapered bushings, shrink discs or locking rings are used, please contact the Lovejoy Application Engineering Department.
2. Machinery Alignment.
As long as the machines are aligned within the mounting specifications from this catalog, the disc couplings will operate for a long time. However, it should be
understood that the useful life of any disc pack coupling is directly influenced by the operating misalignment: the better the alignment, the longer the coupling
life.
Although the disc couplings can operate satisfactorily at the misalignment listed in the catalog, both the coupling life and machine bearing wear can be greatly
D
improved if the machines are aligned better than the maximum value that the coupling can accommodate. Lovejoy/Jaure recommends that the working
misalignment should not exceed 20% of the catalog values. Therefore, the following formulas show Lovejoy/Jaure´s recommendations for maximum
misalignment.
Three types of machine misalignment (offset, angular and axial) should be checked. Lovejoy/Jaure has the following recommendations:
• The maximum offset misalignment that the disc coupling can accommodate is a function of the distance between the disc packs. For the configurations
SX, this distance is practically the same as the distance between the shaft ends. This statement is not valid for other configurations, such as SXC, DI, SXGS,
and DIR.
If shafts have an offset misalignment with minimum angular misalignment, the following maximum values for the offset are applicable.
Disc with 6 bolts TIR ≤( disc pack to disc pack distance ) / 150
Disc with 8 bolts TIR ≤ ( disc pack to disc pack distance ) / 300
Disc with 10 bolts TIR ≤ ( disc pack to disc pack distance ) / 350
(NOTE: TIR is the Total Indicator Reading, which is twice the shaft offset )
D-26
The maximum angular misalignment at each disc pack is listed in the tables. This angular misalignment can be verified by measuring the flange-to-flange
distance (see figure below) and subtracting the smallest reading from the largest reading (Y-Z). The maximum value of (Y-Z) depends on the flange diameter
and therefore on the coupling size. Based on the data from the tables, the following maximum values for (Y-Z) are recommended:
Disc with 6 bolts (Y-Z) ≤ Coupling size / 7620

Example: For Disc size 380-6 ( maximum angular misalignment of 1° ). (Y-Z) should not exceed 380/7620 = .05 inch.
The axial displacement allowable between shafts during installation should not exceed 20% of the allowable displacement given in the catalog. This
displacement is a function of the coupling size and the number of bolts utilized. The larger the size, the larger axial displacement. The axial displacement
creates large stresses in the discs. For a long life, it is recommended that the discs are as close as possible to being flat. Therefore, the movements of the
shafts as caused by thermal expansion should be carefully considered. For instance, if the distance between shaft ends changes by .196 in. (the shafts are
coming closer to each other) from cold to hot machines, the distance between shaft ends with cold machines should intentionally be made larger by .196 in.
when the coupling is installed.
3. Installation of disc packs and spacer.

The installation of the coupling components depends on the type of disc coupling: the only tools needed are regular wrenches or sockets and a torque wrench.
Tightening the bolts of a coupling to specification is very important.
Disc Pack Bolt Tightening Torque (dry thread)

For all styles
Size Nm ft-lbs Size Nm ft-lbs Size Nm ft-lbs
90 13 9.6 302 600 443 540 4,100 3,024
110 30 22 325 600 443 570 5,100 3,762
132 30 22 345 780 575 605 6,200 4,573
158 60 44 380 1,100 811 635 7,600 5,606
185 100 74 410 1,500 1,106 675 9,900 7,302
202 150 111 440 2,000 1,475 700 12,200 8,999
228 230 170 475 2,600 1,918 730 12,200 8,999
255 450 332 505 3,300 2,434 760 14,800 10,916
278 450 332
D
Note: For lubricated threads, multiply the values by 0.8.
Spacer and Flange Bolt Rightening Torque (dry thread)
For styles SXGS, DILR, and DIR styles
Size Nm ft-lbs Size Nm ft-lbs
132-6/ 1 15 11 302-8/ 4 298 220
158-6/ 1.5 47 35 325-8/ 4.5 298 220
185-6/ 2 106 78 345-8/ 5 412 304
202-6/ 2.5 197 145 380-8/ 5.5 412 304
255-6/ 3 197 145 410-8/ 6 412 304
278-8/ 3.5 298 220 540-8/ 7 412 304
Hub Bolt Tightening Torque for styles DI-6 and DI-8

Size Nm ft-lbs Size Nm ft-lbs Size Nm ft-lbs Size Nm ft-lbs
90-6 15 11 302-6 780 575 278-8 108 80 475-8 660 487
110-6 35 26 325-6 780 575 302-8 108 80 505-8 660 487
132-8 35 26 345-8 580 428 325-8 325 240 540-8 760 551
158-6 69 51 380-6 780 575 345-8 325 240 570-8 760 561
185-6 120 89 410-6 1000 738 380-8 325 240 605-8 760 561
202-6 190 140 440-6 1500 1106 410-8 565 417
228-6 295 218 475-6 2000 1475
255-8 580 428 505-6 2000 1475
278-6 580 428
D-27
a) Standard configuration. SX and SXO types.
The only bolts to be installed and tightened are the ones that attach the disc packs to the hubs and spacer. Place the spacer and install the bolts with their
heads at the flange and not at the disc pack. The nuts shall be turned with the torque wrench to the specified torque, while the heads of the bolts are held
stationary.
b) Close coupled configuration. SXC and SXCO types.

The SXC coupling type was created for use with machines that have the shafts too close for the use of the standard SX coupling. The outside diameter of the
hubs was reduced to be inserted in the inside of the hole of the disc pack.
To install the hubs on their shafts, the shafts must be spaced apart at least the length of one hub (see dimension LS in the table). To install the coupling, the
disc packs can be first attached with their bolts to the spacer, then slide over one of the hubs and attached to it. Next, the machines must be brought in
position so that the second disc pack can be attached to its hub.
The machine alignment can now be performed. Because the spacer covers the shaft ends, the axial spacing must be checked by measuring the flange to
flange distance (dimension “PW” in tables). The offset and angular misalignments can be checked as previously described.
The bolts that attach the disc packs to the hubs and spacer must be tightened to specification (using a torque wrench at the nuts) while the bolt heads are held
stationary.
c) Drop-out configuration. DI type.

The drop-out configuration allows the installation and removal of the coupling assembly without the need to remove the hubs from their shafts. The coupling is
received from Lovejoy/Jaure fully assembled with the bolts tightened to specifications. If, however, there is a need to disassemble the coupling assembly (in
case the disc packs need to be replaced) the nuts should be tightened to specification using a torque wrench while the bolt heads are held stationary.
Machine alignment should be done before the coupling assembly is in place.
The coupling assembly will not fit between the hubs as long as the shaft-to-shaft distance was correctly set. The coupling ends should be brought together by
compressing the disc packs using the shipping screws so that the assembly will fit between the male rabbets.
Once in position, the coupling will snap in place and the bolts that attach the assembly to the shaft hubs must be tightened to Lovejoy/Jaure specifications using
a torque wrench. This operation must be carefully performed as these bolts transmit the full coupling torque.
To remove the coupling assembly, first remove all the bolts that retain it to the hubs. Then compress the assembly by introducing the existing flange bolts in the
shipping holes and press the coupling away from the male rabbets.
d) Reduced moment coupling with spacer according to AGMA 516, SXGS type.
D
The reduced moment configuration is used whenever the shaft stresses require that the center of gravity of the coupling is very close to the machine bearings.
This configuration also allows either machine to be removed by dropping the spacer without the need to disturb the disc-pack assemblies.
The installation of this coupling requires the following steps:

–Install the hubs on their shafts.
–Measure and adjust the shaft-to-shaft (BSE) distance.
–Align the machine shafts as previously described.
–Attach one disc pack and a short sleeve at each hub, by tightening the nuts to specifications, while holding the bolt heads stationary.
–Place the spacer between the two sleeves. It should fit without interference or without a gap remaining between the flanges. Correct the machine spacing if
necessary, as any axial displacement can adversely affect the coupling´s long term performance.
–Insert the flange bolts and tighten the nuts to specifications using a torque wrench and adaptor while holding the bolt heads stationary.
–Recheck the alignment and correct if necessary.
e) Drop-out coupling with floating assembly, flanges according to AGMA 516, DIR type.
Machine alignment should be done before the coupling assembly is in place. The drop-out configuration allows the installation and removal of the coupling
assembly without the need to remove the hubs from their shafts. The coupling is received from Lovejoy/Jaure fully assembled with the bolts tightened to
specifications. If, however, there is a need to disassemble the coupling assembly (in case the disc packs need to be replaced) the nuts should be tightened to
specification using a torque wrench while the bolt heads are held stationary.
The coupling assembly will fit between the hubs as long as the shaft-to-shaft distance was correctly set. Once in position, the nuts that attach the assembly to
the shaft hubs must be tightened to specifications using a torque wrench and adaptor while the bolt heads are held stationary. This operation must be carefully
performed, as these bolts transmit the full coupling torque.
D-28
Miniature Couplings
M-1
Miniature Couplings Overview
Mini Flexible Couplings — Four Designs Beam Coupling
The Lovejoy Beam Miniature coupling is formed from one piece of
The Lovejoy Miniature flexible couplings have proven to be particularly
aluminum rod, resulting in a truly flexible coupling that transmits torque
suitable in all light duty and precision applications. The design objective of a
through the flexure while accommodating angular, parallel and axial
Miniature flexible coupling is to transmit torque loads without permanent
misalignment.
distortion or damage and without imposing undue bending or radial loads
upon the driver or driven components. The specific characteristics of each ■ High temperature applications
application determine the proper flexible coupling to use. ■ Zero backlash
■ Low reactionary loads on bearings
Typical operational requirements for Miniature flexible couplings include ■ No wear parts
light duty, torque ratings less than 50 in-lbs., torsional rigidity, low inertia, ■ Good chemical resistance
constant velocity, low radial stiffness, zero backlash, corrosion resistance ■ Constant velocity
and the capability of cyclic (repeated start/stop/reverse) activity. Applica- ■ Lightweight
tions that normally use Miniature flexible couplings have a fractional
electrical motor driver, such as shaft encoders, resolvers, all forms of Oldham Coupling
servo devices, linear and ball screw actuators, robots, stepmotors, light The Lovejoy Oldham coupling is a precision-engineered, torsionally stiff,
duty pumps and metering devices, plotters, positioning tables, computers three-part coupling suitable for a great many applications ranging from
M
and radar. incremental control of fluid valves to highly dynamic drives in a closed
loop servo system. It accommodates misalignment mechanically
through a floating disc that engages tenons machined out of the hubs.
■ Positive engagement
■ Good torque overload capacity
■ Good parallel misalignment capacity
■ Vibration damping ability
■ Easy to install
BEAM COUPLING ■ Raised dots on the spacer sets the gap
between the hubs
Mini Soft Coupling

The Mini Soft Miniature coupling from Lovejoy provides protection from
misalignment, vibration and shock loads. The simple design of the
coupling ensures ease of assembly, installation and reliable perfor-
mance. No special tools are needed for installation or removal. No
lubrication is needed and once installed and aligned correctly, no
OLDHAM COUPLING
maintenance is required.
■ Multiple tooth contact, low load per tooth

■ Good axial freedom
■ Good damping capacity
■ Good torsional stiffness
■ Electrical isolation
■ High speed capability
Jaw Type Coupling

MINI SOFT COUPLING The interlocking jaws of the three part Lovejoy Miniature Jaw coupling
provide positive engagement resulting in great strength because of the
large area of contact of the elastomer with the jaws. This Miniature
coupling provides “fail safe” operations and is the only coupling that will
continue to run even if the elastomer center fails, through the metal to
metal jaw contact that will continue to transmit torque.
! WARNING
You must refer to page iv for Important Safety Instructions and Precautions for
the selection and use of these products. Failure to follow the instructions and
JAW TYPE COUPLING precautions can result in severe injury or death.
M-2
Miniature Couplings Selection Process
Miniature Coupling Selection Process

The selection process for determining the proper Miniature coupling starts Information necessary before a coupling can be selected:
with selecting the coupling design that best addresses the application ■ HP and RPM of driver
requirements. The Coupling Comparison chart (M-4) provides a method ■ Shaft size of driver and driven
of weighing performance characteristics of the Beam, Oldham, Mini ■ Application requirements
Soft, and Jaw couplings and determining the coupling design with the ■ Environmental conditions (i.e. extreme temperature,
best potential for fulfilling the requirements. Once a design is selected, corrosive conditions, space limitations)
the proper size must be determined based on the capabilities of the Formulas:
particular design. Nominal Torque = in-Ibs = (HP x 63025)
RPM
In the Beam coupling, one part is selected since the Beam design is of a
single piece construction. In the Oldham, Mini Soft, and Jaw coupling Nm = (KW x 9550)
designs, three parts are selected; two hubs and a center member. When RPM
the shaft size of the driver and driven are the same diameter, the hubs Design Torque = Nominal Torque x Application Service Factor
selected will be the same. When the shaft diameters differ, hubs selected (In the case of the Beam coupling only,
will differ accordingly. Design Torque = Nominal Torque)
M
Steps In Selecting A Coupling. Oldham, Mini Soft, and Jaw Coupling Selection
Step 4: For the Oldham coupling determine if the coupling should be
Step 1: Determine the Nominal Torque of your application by using the mounted with set screws or by the split hub/clamp method.
following formula: The split hub/clamp method is recommended for accurate
positioning. For the Oldham, Mini Soft and Jaw coupling, refer
Nominal Torque = in-Ibs = (HP x 63025) to the Application Service Factors chart (pg. M-4). Review the
RPM Application Service Factor and select the factor that is best
related to the application operating environment.
Nm = (KW x 9550)
RPM Step 5: Calculate the Design Torque of your application by multiplying the
Step 2: If you are selecting an Oldham, Mini Soft or Jaw coupling Nominal Torque calculated in Step 1 by the Application Service
please skip to Step 4. Factor. Design Torque = Nominal Torque x Application Service
Factor. Refer to the appropriate coupling Performance Data Chart
Beam Coupling Selection (pg. M-8) and scan down the Rated Torque column. The first
entry to accommodate the calculated Design Torque is then
Step 3: For the Beam coupling determine if the coupling should
sufficiently rated for the application.
be mounted with set screws or by the split hub/clamp method.
The split hub/clamp method is recommended for accurate General selection process
positioning. Step 6: Compare the application driver/driven shaft sizes to the
Maximum Bore size available for the coupling selected. If the
In the case of the Beam coupling, Design Torque = Nominal
coupling bore size is not large enough for the shaft diameter,
Torque. Using the Beam Coupling Performance Data chart
select the next largest coupling that will accommodate the
(pg. M-7), select the coupling size by first matching the application
driver/driven shaft diameters.
Design Torque requirements to the Beam Coupling Rated Torque
shown in the chart. If the application is continuous operation in one Step 7: Using the Product Number Selection charts (pg. M-5 and
direction, use the column titled Rated Torque Nominal. If the M-6) locate the appropriate bore size for the model coupling
application is back/forth or start/stop/reverse, use the column titled you have selected. Keyways are only available in the Jaw
Rated Torque Reversing. coupling design of the Miniature coupling series. Find the
associated Lovejoy Item (UPC) number. Use of the Lovejoy Item
Scan down the appropriate column to the first entry where
(UPC) will ensure accuracy when placing your order. If the
the Rated Torque value in the column is greater than or equal
available bore sizes for the coupling you have selected are not
to the Nominal Torque calculated in Step 1. Note that windup
shown in sizes to match your application requirements, please
will be less with a Beam coupling that is oversized. This can be
contact Lovejoy Engineering for further advice.
useful in applications that require close positioning in
start/stop/reverse drives. Note: When specifying the coupling order, the Beam coupling only
requires one UPC number since it is a single piece construction
coupling. The Oldham, Mini Soft, and Jaw couplings require
Continue with selection by going to Step 6. three UPC numbers, one to specify the center member and two to
specify each of the hubs. M-3
Miniature Couplings Selection Data
Mini Coupling Selection Process
The Coupling Comparison chart compares the four types of Lovejoy
Miniature couplings on the basis of several performance characteristics. It is
to be used to determine the type of coupling that is best suited for the
application. The performance characteristic values are used to weigh each
characteristic on the following scale:
3 Excellent
2 Good
1 Fair
Note: No one coupling is suited to all types of requirements. The

purpose of this chart is to assist in determining the coupling most
likely to fulfill the requirements.
Coupling Comparison
Characteristics Beam Oldham Mini Soft Jaw
M
Hub Material Aluminum Aluminum Zinc Alloy/Sintered Iron Sintered Iron

Center Material (None) Polyacetal Polyurethane See Note1
Attachment Set Screw and Clamp Set Screw and Clamp Set Screw Set Screw
Torsional Stiffness 2 2 3 2 2
Zero Backlash Yes No No No
Reactionary Loading 3 3 2 2 2
Ease of Installation 3 2 2 2
Damping Ability 1 2 3 2
Angular Misalignment Capacity 3 3 2 2
Parallel Misalignment Capacity 2 3 1 2
End Float Restrictions 1 1 3 3
Chemical Resistance 3 2 2 2
Temperature Resistance 3 1 1 1
Constant Velocity 3 2 1 2
Start Stop/Reverse Cycle 3 2 1 2
Fail Safe No No No Yes
Notes: 1. Jaw elastomer material available: NBR (SOX) Rubber, Urethane, Hytrel, Bronze.
2. Amount of windup of the coupling at rated torque. Jaw coupling torsional stiffness can be increased by using an elastomer with
harder material characteristics. An example is Hytrel, which has harder material properties than NBR (SOX) Rubber, and provides
nominal torque ratings approximately twice the NBR (SOX) torque ratings.
3. Tendency to put a radial load on the support bearings.
Application Service Factors

Constant Torque Varying Torque1 Constant Torque Varying Torque1
0 -10 Hrs./Day 0 -10 Hrs./Day 11 - 24 Hrs./Day 11 - 24 Hrs./Day
Start/Stop = 0 -120/Hr. 1.2 1.7 1.7 2.2
Temperature = 50° - 85° F
Start/Stop = 0 -120/Hr. 1.4 2.0 2.0 2.6
Start/Stop = 0 -120/Hr. 1.7 2.5 2.5 3.2
Start/Stop = 121 - 240/Hr. 1.5 2.2 2.2 2.8
Start/Stop = 121 - 240/Hr. 1.8 2.5 2.5 3.3
Temperature - 86° - 104° F
Start/Stop = 121 - 240/Hr. 2.2 3.1 3.1 4.1
Note: 1. Varying Torque is defined as any load that varies in magnitude or direction.
M-4
Miniature Couplings Item Selection
Product Number Selection Charts
When referencing the Lovejoy Item (UPC) number, include 685144 as a prefix to the number shown in the table below.
Beam
Bore ES050 EC050 ES075 EC075 ES100 EC100 ES112 EC112
1
/8 x 1/8 56618 56620 ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....
3
/16 x 3/16 ..... ..... 56622 56628 ..... ..... ..... .....
3
/16 x /8 1
58286 58284 ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....
3
/16 x 1/4 ..... ..... 56624 56630 ..... ..... ..... .....
1
/4 x 1/4 ..... ..... 56626 56632 56634 56640 ..... .....
1
/4 x 3/8 ..... ..... ..... ..... 56636 56642 ..... .....
3
/8 x /8 3
..... ..... ..... ..... 56638 56644 56646 56652
3
/8 x /2 1
..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 56648 56654
5
/16 x 5/16 ..... ..... ..... ..... 58294 58292 58302 58298
M
1
/2 x 1/2 ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 56650 56656
3mm x 3mm 56666 56668 ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... .....
4mm x 4mm ..... ..... 56670 56676 ..... ..... ..... .....
5mm x 5mm ..... ..... 56672 56678 ..... ..... ..... .....
6mm x 6mm ..... ..... 56674 56680 56682 56688 ..... .....
8mm x 8mm ..... ..... ..... ..... 56684 56690 ..... .....
10mm x 10mm ..... ..... ..... ..... 56686 56692 56694 56698
12mm x 12mm ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 56696 56700
Oldham
For Oldham couplings order two hubs and one center member.
Bore MOL16 MOL16C MOL20 MOL20C MOL25 MOL25C MOL32 MOL32C

Center Member 58075 58075 58087 58087 58099 58099 58110 58110
1
/8 58076 58603 58605 58609 58611 58615 ..... .....
/16
3
58077 58083 58088 58610 58612 58616 ..... .....
1
/4 58078 ..... 58089 58095 58100 58617 ..... .....
/16
5
..... ..... 58090 58096 58101 58618 ..... .....
3
/8 ..... ..... ..... ..... 58102 58107 58111 58119
/16
7
..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 58112 58120
1
/2 ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 58113 58121
3mm 58079 58601 58604 58606 ..... ..... ..... .....
4mm 58080 58602 58091 58607 ..... ..... ..... .....
5mm 58081 58084 58092 58608 58103 58613 ..... .....
6mm 58082 58085 58093 58097 58104 58614 ..... .....
8mm ..... ..... 58094 58098 58105 58108 58114 58619
10mm ..... ..... ..... ..... 58106 58109 58115 58122
11mm ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 58116 58123
12mm ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 58117 58124
14mm ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... ..... 58118 58980
M-5
Miniature Couplings Item Selection
Product Number Selection (cont.)
When referencing the Lovejoy Item (UPC) number, include 685144 as a prefix to the number shown in the table below.
Mini Soft
For Mini Soft couplings order two hubs and one center member.
Bore MSF16 MSF20 MSF25 MSF32
Center Member 58037 58047 58056 58066

1
/8 58038 ..... ..... .....
3
/16 58039 58048 ..... .....
1
/4 58040 58049 58057 .....
5
/16 58041 58050 58058 59457
3
/8 ..... 58051 58059 58067
7
/16 ..... ..... 58060 58068
1
/2 ..... ..... ..... 58069
3mm 58042 ..... ..... .....
4mm 58043 ..... ..... .....
M
5mm 58044 58052 ..... .....

6mm 58045 58053 58061 .....
8mm 58046 58054 58062 58070
10mm ..... 58055 58063 58071
11mm ..... ..... 58064 58072
12mm ..... ..... 58065 58073
14mm ..... ..... ..... 58074
Jaw
For Jaw couplings order two hubs and one center member.
Hub
Center Member L035 L050 Bore Keyway L035 L050
1
NBR (SOX) (solid) 10118 10194 /8 no keyway 10124 .....
3
Urethane (solid) ..... 37786 /16 no keyway 10126 .....
1
Hytrel (solid) ..... 25307 /4 no keyway 10127 10206
5
Bronze (open center) ..... 10198 /16 no keyway 10128 10207
3
/8 no keyway 24687 10208
7
/16 no keyway ..... 10209
1
/2 no keyway ..... 10210
1 1
/2 /8 x 1/16 ..... 10211
9
/16 no keyway ..... 10212
9 1
/16 /8 x 1/16 ..... 10213
5
/8 no keyway ..... 10214
4mm no keyway 41850 .....
5mm no keyway 47419 46214
9mm 3 x 1.4mm ..... 41313
10mm no keyway ..... 10216
10mm 3 x 1.4mm ..... 41450
11mm 4 x 1.8mm ..... 41314
12mm 4 x 1.8mm ..... 41315
14mm 5 x 2.3mm ..... 41316
15mm 5 x 2.3mm ..... 41451
16mm 5 x 2.3mm ..... 56176
M-6
Miniature Couplings Performance Data
Beam Coupling Performance Data—Inch Bores
Rated Rated
Bore Torque Torque Torsional Misalignment Weight1 Screw Max.
1
+.001 Nominal Reversing Stiffness Inertia, J Parallel Angular Screw Torque RPM
in-lb Nm x10E-7 x10E-7 Size x1000
Size Attachment A1 A2 in-lb Nm in-lb Nm /rad /rad in-lb-sec2 Nm-sec2 in mm degrees oz. g in-lb Nm
ES050 Set Screw .125 .125 1.75 0.2 .88 0.1 42.8 4.8 6.9 0.8 0.01 .25 5 0.1 3.6 4-40 5 0.6 10
.188 .125 1.35 0.2 .68 0.1 21.3 2.4
EC050 Clamp .125 .125 1.75 0.2 .88 0.1 42.8 4.8 10.9 1.2 0.01 .25 5 0.2 5.8 1-72 4 0.5 10
.188 .125 1.35 0.2 .68 0.1 21.3 2.4
ES075 Set Screw .188 .188 4.55 0.5 2.28 0.3 119.4 13.5 52.3 5.9 0.01 .25 5 0.4 12.0 8-32 20 2.3 10
.250 .188 4.00 0.5 2.00 0.2 119.4 13.5
.250 .250 4.00 0.5 2.00 0.2 77.4 8.7
EC075 Clamp .188 .188 4.55 0.5 2.28 0.3 119.4 13.5 64.5 7.3 0.01 .25 5 0.5 15.0 4-40 13 1.5 10
.250 .188 4.00 0.5 2.00 0.2 119.4 13.5
.250 .250 4.00 0.5 2.00 0.2 77.4 8.7
ES100 Set Screw .250 .250 10.50 1.2 5.25 0.6 286.5 32.4 225.0 25.4 0.01 .25 5 1.1 30.0 10-24 35 4.0 10
.313 .313 9.50 1.1 4.75 0.5 204.6 23.1
M
.375 .250 8.50 1.0 4.25 0.5 146.9 16.6
.375 .375 8.50 1.0 4.25 0.5 146.9 16.6
EC100 Clamp .250 .250 10.50 1.2 5.25 0.6 286.5 32.4 289.0 32.7 0.01 .25 5 1.3 38.0 6-32 25 2.8 10
.313 .313 9.50 1.1 4.75 0.5 204.6 23.1
.375 .250 8.50 1.0 4.25 0.5 146.9 16.6
.375 .375 8.50 1.0 4.25 0.5 146.9 16.6
1
ES112 Set Screw .313 .313 16.50 1.9 8.25 0.9 409.3 46.2 386.0 43.6 0.01 .25 5 1.4 39.0 /4-20 80 9.0 10
.375 .375 15.00 1.7 7.50 0.8 301.6 34.1
.500 .375 11.50 1.3 5.75 0.6 163.7 18.5
.500 .500 11.50 1.3 5.75 0.6 163.7 18.5
EC112 Clamp .313 .313 16.50 1.9 8.25 0.9 409.3 46.2 536.0 60.6 0.01 .25 5 1.9 54.0 6-32 25 2.8 10
.375 .375 15.00 1.7 7.50 0.8 301.6 34.1
.500 .375 11.50 1.3 5.75 0.6 163.7 18.5
.500 .500 11.50 1.3 5.75 0.6 163.7 18.5
Beam Coupling Performance Data—Metric Bores

Rated Rated
Bore Torque Torque Torsional Misalignment Weight1 Screw Max
1
H8 Nominal Reversing Stiffness Inertia, J Parallel Angular Screw Torque RPM
in-lb Nm x10E-7 x10E-7 Size x1000
Size Attachment A1 A2 in-lb Nm in-lb Nm /rad /rad in-lb-sec2 Nm-sec2 in mm degrees oz. g in-lb Nm
ES050 Set Screw 3mm 3mm 1.77 0.20 .89 0.10 46.1 5.2 7.1 0.8 0.01 .25 5 0.1 3.7 M2.5 5 0.6 10
EC050 Clamp 3mm 3mm 1.77 0.20 .89 0.10 46.1 5.2 10.6 1.2 0.01 .25 5 0.2 5.8 M1.6 5 0.6 10
ES075 Set Screw 4mm 4mm 4.87 0.55 2.48 0.28 144.9 16.4 52.2 5.9 0.01 .25 5 0.5 13.0 M4 19 2.1 10
5mm 5mm 4.43 0.50 2.21 0.25 112.7 12.7
6mm 6mm 4.16 0.47 2.12 0.24 73.5 8.3
EC075 Clamp 4mm 4mm 4.87 0.55 2.48 0.28 144.9 16.4 64.6 7.3 0.01 .25 5 0.5 15.0 M2.5 10 1.1 10
5mm 5mm 4.43 0.50 2.21 0.25 112.7 12.7
6mm 6mm 4.16 0.47 2.12 0.24 73.5 8.3
8mm 8mm 9.74 1.10 4.87 0.55 202.8 22.9
10mm 10mm 7.97 .90 3.98 0.45 130.0 14.7
EC100 Clamp 6mm 6mm 10.62 1.20 5.31 0.60 298.3 33.7 289.4 32.7 0.01 .25 5 1.3 38.0 M3 18 2.0 10
8mm 8mm 9.74 1.10 4.87 0.55 202.8 22.9
10mm 10mm 7.97 .90 3.98 0.45 130.0 14.7
12mm 12mm 12.39 1.40 6.20 0.70 187.8 21.2
EC112 Clamp 10mm 10mm 15.05 1.70 7.34 0.83 281.7 31.8 543.4 61.4 0.01 .25 5 1.9 54.0 M3 18 2.0 10
12mm 12mm 12.39 1.40 6.20 0.70 187.8 21.2
Notes: 1. Inertia and Weight are based on smallest bore.
2. Maximum recommended temperature is 200°F (141°C). Maximum RPM all sizes 10,000 RPM.
Manufacturing dimensional tolerances unless otherwise specified x.x = +/- .25mm.
M-7
Miniature Couplings Performance Data
Oldham Coupling Performance Data
Bore Rated Torque Torsional Inertia, J2 Misalignment Weight2 Screw Screw Max
Maximum Nominal Stiffness Parallel Angular Size Torque RPM
+.001 H8 in-lb Nm x10E-7 x10E-7 x1000
Size Attachment in mm in-lb Nm /rad /rad in-lb-sec2 Nm-sec2 in mm degrees oz. g in-lb Nm
MOL-16 Set Screw .250 6 6.2 0.7 620 70 22.1 2.5 .04 1.00 3 0.2 7 M3 6 0.7 24.0
MOL-16C Clamp .188 6 6.2 0.7 620 70 35.4 4.0 .04 1.00 3 0.4 11 M2.5 9 1.0 9.5
MOL-20 Set Screw .313 8 10.6 1.2 974 110 69.0 7.8 .06 1.50 3 0.5 15 M4 16 1.8 19.0
MOL-20C Clamp .313 8 10.6 1.2 974 110 97.4 11.0 .06 1.50 3 0.8 22 M2.5 9 1.0 7.6
MOL-25 Set Screw .375 10 17.7 2.0 1770 200 204 23.0 .08 2.00 3 1.0 28 M5 35 4.0 15.0
MOL-25C Clamp .375 10 17.7 2.0 1770 200 292 33.0 .08 2.00 3 1.4 40 M3 13 1.5 6.1
MOL-32 Set Screw .500 14 39.8 4.5 7877 890 646 73.0 .10 2.50 3 1.9 55 M6 62 7.0 12.0
M
MOL-32C Clamp .500 14 39.8 4.5 7877 890 885 100.0 .10 2.50 3 2.6 75 M4 22 2.5 4.8
Mini Soft Coupling Performance Data
Bore Rated Torque Torsional Inertia, J2 Misalignment Weight2 Screw Screw Max
Maximum Nominal Stiffness Parallel Angular Size Torque RPM
+.001 H8 in-lb Nm x10E-7 x10E-7 x1000
Size Attachment in mm in-lb Nm /rad /rad in-lb-sec2 Nm-sec2 in mm degrees oz. g in-lb Nm
MSF-16 Set Screw .313 8 4.4 0.5 27 3 81.4 9.2 .01 .20 2 0.8 22 M3 6 0.7 24
MSF-20 Set Screw .375 10 8.9 1.0 80 9 248.0 28.0 .01 .20 2 1.5 43 M3 6 0.7 19
MSF-25 Set Screw .438 12 13.3 1.5 106 12 735.0 83.0 .01 .20 2 3.0 84 M4 16 1.8 15
MSF-32 Set Screw .500 14 26.6 3.0 266 30 2390.0 270.0 .01 .20 2 5.6 160 M4 16 1.8 12
Jaw Coupling Performance Data

(also see pages JW-7 and JW-20)
Bore Rated Torque Inertia, J2 Misalignment Weight2 Set Screw Set Screw Max
Maximum Nominal Parallel Angular Size Torque RPM
+.001 H8 x10E-7 x10E-7 x1000
Size Attachment in mm in-lb Nm in-lb-sec2 Nm-sec2 in mm degrees oz. g in mm in-lb Nm
L-035 NBR (SOX) .375 9 3.5 0.4 77.6 8.8 .015 .381 1 1.6 45.4 6-32 M3 8 0.9 31
1
L-050 NBR(SOX) .625 16 26.3 3.0 1397.5 158.0 .015 .381 1 3.2 90.8 /4-20 M6 83 9.4 18
1
Urethane .625 16 39.5 4.5 1397.5 158.0 .015 .381 1 3.2 90.8 /4-20 M6 83 9.4 18
1
Hytrel .625 16 50.0 5.6 1397.5 158.0 .015 .381 0.5 3.2 90.8 /4-20 M6 83 9.4 18
1
Bronze .625 16 50.0 5.6 1816.0 205.4 .010 .254 0.5 4.2 119.2 /4-20 M6 83 9.4 .25
Notes: 1. Shaft attachment for jaw couplings is via set screw.

2. Inertia and weight are based on smallest bore.
3. See page M-4 for Performance Data.
M-8
Miniature Couplings Dimensional Data
Beam Couplings
The Beam flexible coupling is formed from one piece of aluminum rod. A
spiral slot is cut through the length of the aluminum tube forming a “spring”
center section referred to as a helical coil or beam. The flexure allowed by
the beam portion of the coupling is capable of accommodating angular,
parallel and axial misalignment while continuing to convey power between
the attached shafts. This results in a single piece, true flexible coupling.
CLAMPING TYPE SET SCREW TYPE
The Miniature Beam coupling is designed for very light power transmission
applications where accurate positioning of shafts is an essential require-
ment. It also has a very high tolerance to heat, chemicals, and corrosion
that would be harmful to conventional elastomeric flexible couplings. The
Miniature Beam coupling design is very well suited for small shaft applica-
tions and the inherent requirements of start/stop/reverse applications where
zero backlash and extreme positioning accuracy are important. This
coupling operates either clockwise or counter clockwise without sacrificing
M
windup or torque capabilities.
The Lovejoy Beam coupling is offered with either one set screw or with a CLAMPING TYPE SET SCREW TYPE
split clamping hub for attachment to shafts. The clamping hub is highly
recommended for instrumentation type applications due to the reliability of
the attachment method to inhibit any movement on the shaft. Features
■ All-metal coupling.
The Lovejoy Beam coupling is made of Aluminum Alloy 7075-T6 and has a ■ Easy to install...one piece.
Sulphuric Acid Anodized (Type 2) finish. ■ High angular misalignment capability to 5°.
■ Parallel .010 shaft centerline offset (.020 TIR). (Note that the maximum
Hub Material: Aluminum angular and parallel offsets cannot both occur at the same time.)
Finish: Anodized ■ Axial motion +/- .010. (Care must be taken at the time of instal-
Attachment: Set Screw or Clamping lation not to compress or expand the coupling axially, the springs
should be relaxed.)
■ Temperature allowable up to 200° F (93.3° C) maximum
continuous duty.
■ Speed Limit: 10,000 RPM at full misalignment with standard coupling.
Dimensional Data
Bore Sizes
Available
+.001 H8 OD LTB OAL SL T
Size in mm Attachment in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm
ES050 .125 Set Screw .13 3 .50 13 .07 2 4-40 M2.5

3 .50 13
EC050 .188 Clamp .19 5 .75 19 .10 3 1-72 M1.6
ES075 .188 4 Set Screw .18 5 .75 19 .10 3 8-32 M4
.250 5 .75 19
EC075 .250 6 Clamp .25 6 .90 23 .13 3 4-40 M2.5
ES100 .250 6 Set Screw .26 7 1.00 25 .16 4 10-24 M5
.313 8 1.00 25
EC100 .375 10 Clamp .31 8 1.25 32 .15 4 6-32 M3
1
ES112 .313 10 Set Screw 1.12 28 .28 7 1.12 28 .14 4 /4-20 M6
.375
EC112 .500 12 Clamp .45 11 1.50 38 .15 4 6-32 M3
.500
Note: See page M-7 for Performance Data. M-9

Oldham Couplings
The Lovejoy Oldham coupling is a precision engineered, torsionally stiff,
three-piece coupling suitable for a great many applications ranging from
incremental control of fluid valves to highly dynamic drives in closed loop
servo systems. It accommodates misalignment mechanically through a
floating disc that engages tenons machined out of the hubs. As the coupling
rotates, the floating disc aligns with each hub alternately to an extent
demanded by the alignment error. The principle of operation should not be
confused with that of the Jaw coupling which accommodates misalignment CLAMPING TYPE SET SCREW TYPE
through compression of an elastomer.
The Oldham coupling is the sacrificial element in the drive train. Under
severe overload it will break cleanly, and act as a mechanical fuse to
protect equipment. The floating disc is replaceable and a new floating disc
fitted to undamaged hubs restores the coupling to its original specification.
M
Because parallel misalignment is accommodated by lateral displacement,

the Lovejoy Oldham coupling can handle severe alignment errors within a
short space envelope. This is a valuable feature in densely packaged and
blind assemblies, or where misalignment can accelerate the erosion of
CLAMPING TYPE SET SCREW TYPE
shaft bearings.
The Lovejoy Oldham coupling features raised dots on both sides of the
floating disc which act as an effective spacer. The dots keep the face of the
tenon from contacting the bottom of the floating disc and allows the coupling
greater angular misalignment capability. A very important effect is that the
spacer dots will greatly reduce the bending load on the shafts because of Features
the freedom of the floating disc. ■ High torsional stiffness.
■ Corrosion resistant.
■ Angular misalignment 3°.
■ Maximum temperature 176° F (80° C).
Hub Material: Aluminum
Finish: Polyaccetal
Attachment: Set Screw or Clamping
Dimensional Data
Bore Sizes
Available
OD LTB OAL G SL T
+.001 H8
Size in mm Attachment in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm mm
MOL-16 .250 6 Set Screw .630 16 .276 7.0 .709 18 .157 4 .138 3.5 M3
MOL-16C .180 6 Clamp .630 16 .492 12.5 1.142 29 .157 4 .118 3.0 M2.5
MOL-20 .312 8 Set Screw .789 20 .354 9.0 .906 23 .197 5 .177 4.5 M4
MOL-20C .312 8 Clamp .789 20 .551 14.0 1.300 33 .197 5 .118 3.0 M2.5
MOL-25 .375 10 Set Screw .984 25 .433 11.0 1.102 28 .236 6 .217 5.5 M5
MOL-25C .375 10 Clamp .984 25 .650 16.5 1.535 39 .236 6 .150 3.8 M3
MOL-32 .500 14 Set Screw 1.260 32 .512 13.0 1.300 33 .276 7 .256 6.5 M6
MOL-32C .500 14 Clamp 1.260 32 .748 19.0 1.772 45 .276 7 .177 4.5 M4
Note: See page M-8 for Performance Data.
M-10
Mini Soft Couplings

The Lovejoy Mini Soft coupling provides protection from misalignment,
vibration and shock loads. The simple design of the coupling ensures ease
of assembly, installation and reliable performance. No special tools are
needed for installation or removal. No lubrication is needed, and once
installed and aligned correctly, no maintenance is required.
The Mini Soft coupling design is comprised of three parts. Two hubs with MINI SOFT
internal teeth engage an elastomeric flexible center, or sleeve, with external
teeth. Each hub is attached to the respective shaft of the driver and driven,
and torque is transmitted across the hubs through the center member
sleeve. Misalignment and torsional shock loads are absorbed by shear
deflection in the center sleeve element.
The shear characteristic of the coupling is very well suited to absorb impact.
The Lovejoy Mini Soft coupling is designed with tooth contact which
M
provides more surfaces carrying the load resulting in less wear at any one
point, and torque that flows more smoothly. Additionally, the coupling allows
for axial freedom which results in easier assembly and spacing of shafts.
This feature is particularly useful in reducing thrust loads on bearings.
When operating within its rating, the coupling is torsionally stiff and will not
react with twist during operation. The Polyurethane center member sleeve is
known for its toughness and resistance to abrasion, and also provides for
good damping and shock load capabilities. High speed performance is
available with speeds up to 3,600 RPM when alignment not exceeding .01
parallel and 2 degrees angular is maintained. Electrical isolation is provided
due to the center member sleeve forcing separation of the two hubs
inhibiting transmission of electrical charges. The simple design of the
coupling allows for “blind” installation.
Features
Hub Material: Cast Zinc alloy ■ Easy blind assembly.
Sintered metal MSF-32 only ■ Good shock load absorption.
Center material: Polyurethane ■ Good abrasion resistance.
Attachment: Set Screw ■ Maximum temperature 140° F (60° C).
■ Angular misalignment 2°.
Dimensional Data
Maximum
Bore Center Member
OD LTB OAL G SL T Inside Diameter
+.001 H8
Size in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm mm in mm
MSF-16 .3125 8 .630 16 .315 8 1.063 27 .118 3 .157 4 M3 .250 6
MSF-20 .3750 10 .787 20 .394 10 1.339 34 .157 4 .197 5 M3 .300 8
MSF-25 .4375 12 .984 25 .472 12 1.614 41 .197 5 .236 5 M4 .400 10
MSF-32 .5000 14 1.260 32 .551 14 1.890 48 .236 6 .280 7 M4 .455 12
M-11
Miniature Jaw
The Lovejoy Miniature Jaw coupling provides positive engagement resulting
in great strength because of the large area of contact of the elastomer or
“spider” center member with the interlocking jaws. This Miniature coupling
provides “fail safe” operations and is the only coupling that will continue to
run, even if the elastomer “spider” fails. Torque will continue to be transmit-
ted through the metal jaw contact.
Good torsional stiffness is provided due to high compression loading. Vibration

control is provided though the elastomer center member “spider” and its
excellent damping ability. Raised “dots”, a Lovejoy feature, designed into the
elastomer center member “spider”, separate the jaw of one hub from the face
of the other hub, and automatically set the spacing between the hubs.
The Jaw type coupling design provides rubber in compression which

accommodates much more load without failure than rubber in shear or
tension.
M
The Miniature Jaw coupling is radially stiff when misaligned beyond its limits
of .015ⴖ offset and 1 degree angular. Radial stiffness results in radial loads
on the bearings, called reactionary loads. As the elastomer “set” takes
place, the radial loads are eased.
Elastomer Materials
NBR (SOX) Rubber – Nitrile Butadiene Rubber NBR (SOX) is a flexible
insert material that is oil resistant, resembles natural rubber in resilience and
elasticity and operates effectively in a temperature range of -40° to +212°F
(-40° to +100°C). NBR (SOX) also provides good resistance to oil and is the
standard Jaw coupling elastomer.
Urethane – Urethane has greater torque capability (1.5 times) than NBR
(SOX), provides less damping effect, and operates at a temperature range
of -30° to 160°F (-34° to +71°C) and has good resistance to oil and
chemicals.
Hytrel – Hytrel is a flexible elastomer designed for high torque and high
temperature operations. Hytrel can operate in temperatures of -60° to
+250°F (-51° to +121°C) and has an excellent resistance to oil and Features
chemicals. ■ Positive engagement with jaw interlocking
■ Fail safe
Bronze – Bronze is a rigid, porous, oil-impregnated metal insert exclusively
■ Good torsional stiffness
for slow speed (maximum 250 RPM) applications requiring high torque
■ Vibration damping ability
■ Easy to install
■ Hub Material: Sintered iron ■ Center elastomer dits keep hubs form touching
■ Center Material: NBR (SOX) Rubber L035 &L050 ■ Exceptional overload capacity
Urethane L050 only ■ Spider arms are in compression
Hytrel L050 only ■ Widely distributed
Bronze L050 only ■ Choice in center elastomer hardness
Dimensional Data
Maximum Outer Overall Distance Length Thru Screw Screw Approx Wt. Moment of
Bore Diameter Length Between Flanges Bore Location Size (lbs.) Inertia
Model
+.001 H8 OD OAL G LTB SL T WR2
Number
in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm in mm Solid Max. Bore lb-in2 (Solid)
L-035 .375 10 .625 16 .81 21 .28 7 .27 7 .13 3.3 6-32 M3 .1 .083 .003
1
L-050 .625 16 1.075 27 1.71 44 .48 16 .62 16 .31 8 /4-20 M6 .3 .240 .054

M-12
Specialty Couplings
SP SP
SP-1
Specialty Couplings Overview
Unique Coupling Families

Deltaflex
The patented Deltaflex series of couplings offer maximum misalignment
capabilities with negligible reactionary load, for longer equipment life. This
all-metal flex-link coupling requires no lubrication or other maintenance.
Typical applications include: compressors, pumps, fans, positioning devices,
indexing tables, mixers, papermill roll drives, drive line shafts, turbine
drives, wind tunnels, cooling towers, and single bearing generator drives.
DELTAFLEX COUPLING
Uniflex
This single piece coupling series solves a variety of application concerns,
including high misalignment, space limitations, high temperature and excep-
tionally low backlash/windup. Typical applications include textile equipment,
printing and binding registration, robotics/positioning,
conveyors, carton folding and gluing equipment, machine tools, centrifugal
pumps, agricultural machinery, blowers, winding machines, and steering
mechanisms.
Saga
The Saga series of couplings offer lower torsional stiffness than any other
UNIFLEX COUPLING
rubber-in-compression coupling. There is no equal for high shock start/stop
applications such as many piston-driven devices, compressors, violent
pounding, or crushing units.
Shaft Collars
A shaft collar limits the range of travel allowed along the shaft by motor
bases, machine tools, and other such items. The precision-machined collars
offer ease of installation and the best possible holding strength.
Rigid Sleeve
Our Rigid Sleeve couplings are suitable for use in joining any two shafts
when flexibility is not required. Consisting of a one piece sleeve, the cou- SAGA COUPLING
pling slips onto the ends of the two shafts and is held in place by two set
screws. This coupling is best suited for light- to medium-duty applications.
SP
SHAFT COLLARS
! WARNING
You must refer to page iv for Important Safety Instructions and Precautions for
the selection and use of these products. Failure to follow the instructions and
precautions can result in severe injury or death.
RIGID SLEEVE COUPLING
SP-2
Deltaflex Coupling Design

Lovejoy offers maximum misalignment capacity with the Deltaflex coupling!
The Deltaflex coupling is the real solution to installation, misalignment, and perform-
ance problems. Conventional couplings—even when carefully aligned to the manu-
facturer’s specifications—cannot match the low level of vibration, moment of inertia,
and additional cushion for future misalignment of a visually aligned Deltaflex cou-
pling.
In addition, the Deltaflex coupling gives longer life to equipment shaft bearings. That
means longer operating time and reduced maintenance cost. The Deltaflex can han- TYPE 1 DELTAFLEX COUPLING
dle greater shaft misalignment without generating heavy reaction loads on the
equipment shaft bearings.
A properly applied and installed Deltaflex coupling offers more equipment

protection compared to conventional couplings. Other benefits of the Deltaflex
coupling include:
n Maximum misalignment capabilities, with negligible reactionary
load, for longer equipment bearing life. (see illustrations A, B and C).
n Operates as smoothly when misaligned as when perfectly aligned.
n No lubrication and no maintenance required.
n Equipment can be visually aligned. No special tools are required,

which saves on installation time and cost.
n Eliminates premature equipment bearing and seal failure ILLUSTRATION A
resulting from misalignment forces. This means greater MISALIGNMENT CAPABILITY (SIZE 60 ILLUSTRATED)
equipment productivity.
n Torsionally stiff coupling with no backlash means it is capable of high
speed applications, within catalog ratings.
n Provides long-term performance and economy.
n Available in 5 basic sizes, from 10HP to 900HP.
n Standard all-metal and stainless steel versions are both available

from stock.
n Many configurations are available, including shaft-to-shaft, spacer,
floating shaft, and special assemblies.
SP
ILLUSTRATION B
STANDARD SERIES
ILLUSTRATION C
HT SERIES
Note: 1. Illustrations B and C assume no axial displacement.

SP-3

As graphs A and B clearly illustrate, radial load placed on the shaft bear- Patented Design Concept***
ings of the connected equipment by conventional couplings can substan- The concept of the Deltaflex coupling and its misalignment capabilities
tially reduce bearing life and induce detrimental vibration. If the mis- can be illustrated best when compared to conventional coupling design
aligned coupling creates a radial load—as can be the case with conven- (see Graphs C and D). Most conventional couplings’ torque and misalign-
tional couplings—then nearly 75% of B-10 bearing design life is sacri- ment capabilities are dependent upon a single flexing member. Soft elas-
ficed. By using the Deltaflex coupling, B-10 life remains close to 100% of tomers are limited by the compressive or tensile strengths of the material.
design life, even at maximum misalignment. Misalignment is a function and limitation of the material properties and
method of connection to the hubs.
Because the Deltaflex coupling is designed for infinite fatigue life at maxi-
mum angular misalignment—at rated torque—inadvertent misalignment While other all-metal flexible couplings share the advantage of high
caused by temperature expansion, equipment frame flexing, foundation torque transmission and better temperature and corrosion resistance,
movement, environment, etc. will not shorten the life of the coupling or life they are typically limited to less than 1/2 degree angular with less than
of the connected equipment. 0.005 inch parallel misalignment. Approaching or exceeding these limits
will exert undesired radial loads and vibration on the connected equip-
ment.
*** U.S. Patent Number: 4033144.
GRAPH A GRAPH B
SP
MAX.
(See illustrations B & C on the previous page for specific sizes)
GRAPH C GRAPH D
SP-4

The Deltaflex Difference
In contrast to most conventional coupling designs (see illustration D), the
patented Deltaflex coupling is typically arranged in this manner: a hub, a Axial
flex-link at each end of a torque sleeve, and a hub (see illustration E). Cap Screws
Attaching
While most conventional coupling designs use a central flexing element, Hub To
the Deltaflex uses two, making it a double engaging coupling. The patent- Flange
ed concept, along with the method of connecting the hubs to the flexible
links, permits the tremendous misalignment capabilities without exerting
harmful radial loads.
Radial Cap Screws (3) Firmly Securing
The Deltaflex coupling consists of four major components: two delta Flanges Into A Rigid Torque Sleeve.
hubs, an inner flange, and an outer flange. The flex-links, as well as the
delta mounting plates, are integral to each flange and are factory assem-
bled. The hub is field-assembled to the flange with three axial cap
screws. The two flanges are fastened together radially as the two cou-
pling halves are joined to make a complete coupling.
In understanding the design of the Deltaflex it is important to note that

the inner and outer flanges, once firmly fastened together with three cap
screws, become a rigid “torque sleeve.” The flex links at each end of the
torque sleeve accommodate the misalignment generated by the equip-
ment shaft hubs.
Typical Deltaflex Applications

Use Deltaflex couplings to simplify installation and minimize fabrication
costs of structural frames. With the large misalignment capability of
Deltaflex, extremely close tolerances will be unnecessary. Typical applica-
tions include: compressors, pumps, fans, mixers (vertical and horizontal),
turbine drives, wind tunnels, and single bearing generator drives. Some
other applications include: ILLUSTRATION D ILLUSTRATION E
CONVENTIONAL COUPLING DELTAFLEX COUPLING
1. Drive-Line—Connecting long shaft lines with Deltaflex takes advan-
tage of angular and parallel misalignment capabilities. Permits ease of
installation and reduces radial bearing loads to a minimum.
2. Indexing Table or Work Positioning Drive—Takes advantage of zero
backlash, instant response and constant velocity. Coupling may be
SP
between drive motor and gear reduction or on output side of reducer.
3. Cooling Tower Drive—The Deltaflex floating shaft coupling permits
greater ease of installation with its generous axial misalignment capabili-
ties. Also available in stainless steel.
INDEXING TABLE
COOLING TOWER DRIVE DRIVE-LINE

SP-5
Deltaflex Coupling Types

The unique design, misalignment capability and simple installation meth-
ods make Deltaflex easily adaptable to special applications. Contact
Lovejoy Engineering for assistance.
Type 1
Shaft to Shaft—Hubs Mounted Internally
This is the standard arrangement for most shaft to shaft applications.
There are five basic coupling sizes in all types, each with a Standard and TYPE 1 ARRANGEMENT
a High Torque (HT) Series. Both the Standard and the HT Series are
dimensionally interchangeable.
Type 2
Shaft to Shaft—Hubs Mounted Externally
This arrangement is similar to Type 1 in that all components are the
same, except the delta hubs are mounted outside the flanges.
Type 2A
Shaft to Shaft—One Hub Mounted Externally,
One Hub Mounted Internally TYPE 2 ARRANGEMENT
One hub mounted on the inside of the flange and one hub mounted on
the outside.
Type 3
Spacer Type
This arrangement is specifically designed for the pump industry. It is
available in a variety of industry standard shaft separations. The shaft
center spacer drops out to facilitate easier maintenance of pump parts
without disturbing the alignment of pump and motor.
Type 4
Floating Shaft Type TYPE 2A ARRANGEMENT
Type 4 coupling components are the same as Type 3, except that the
floating shaft design uses a longer spacer tube to span distances up to
12 feet. Deltaflex floating shaft couplings are light weight, dynamically
balanced (as required) and corrosion resistant, which makes them ideal
for applications in cooling towers and petrochemical service.
SP
TYPE 3 ARRANGEMENT
TYPE 4 ARRANGEMENT
SP-6
Specialty Couplings Selection Process
Deltaflex Coupling Selection

Step 1: Determine the proper service factor (SF) for the application. This Step 4: Determine the type of Deltaflex needed, e.g., Type 1, Type 2, etc.
may involve 2 steps:
A. Driven equipment service factor (SFa): Select the Step 5: Check limiting conditions.
proper service factor from Chart 1 on page SP-8. If A. Check to be sure that the coupling’s Peak Overload Torque
the application is not listed in Chart 1, use Chart 2. Rating is sufficient to accommodate the maximum torque to
B. When using Chart 1, add the following service factors (SFb) be transmitted, such as the starting and stall torques of the
to the values in Chart 1 as required. Add 0.5 for motor, braking torques and cyclic peak torques, if any. If start-
above average torque load variations or start/stop conditions ing or braking cycles are frequent, the brake torque should
of not more than once per hour. Add 1.0 for reversing loads, be checked against the maximum continuous torque rating of
start/stop conditions more than once per hour, severe torque the coupling.
load variations or high inertia starting conditions. T = Tp x SF
T = Maximum torque transmitted
The additional service factor is added to the Chart 1 service fac- Tp = Brake torque, starting torque or peak torque
tors to obtain the total service factor. SF = Service Factor (determined previously)
SF = SFa + SFb B. Check the maximum hub bore. If bore size is too large,
the next larger size Deltaflex can be specified.
Step 2: Calculate the equivalent HP/100 RPM. C. Check other dimensions such as the limits on shaft sep-ara-
HP/100 RPM = HP* x 100 x SF tion, hub spacings, space required for the coupling, etc.
RPM* D. Check maximum speed. If operating speed exceeds 60%
* HP and RPM of prime mover. of listed maximum speed, the coupling should be dynami-
cally balanced.
Step 3: Select the Deltaflex size. Step 6. Ordering Information
Method 1: From the coupling selection data (Chart 3 on page A. Quantity, size, style of couplings.
SP-9) select the smallest coupling which is rated equal to or B. Bore and Keyway sizes.
higher than the calculated HP/100 RPM. C. Dynamic balancing specification, if required.
D. Additional non-standard data.
Method 2: For couplings driven by standard electric motors, 1) Custom mounting dimensions.
you can multiply the HP of the motor by the service factor 2) Between shaft ends (BE) dimension for spacer and
(SF) and then refer to the electric motor driven chart for floating shaft types.
selection. 3) Maximum operating speed for floating shaft couplings.
Selection Example: Step 3: In this case, the maximum bore for size #50 coupling is 1.875”;
A centrifugal fan requires 20 HP, 1,150 RPM motor, direct coupled from therefore, the selection size stands.
the motor to the fan. The motor frame is 286T (1.875” shaft) and the fan
Step 4: Since this is a shaft-to-shaft application, you will be using the stan-
SP
shaft is 1.625”.
dard Deltaflex coupling Type 1. Determine if any other selection
Step 1: Referring to Chart 1, the driven equipment service factor for a factors apply as described in steps 4 and 5 of the selection guide.
centrifugal fan is 1.5 = SFa. The load is uniform and the driver is
smooth, therefore SFb is 0. Floating Shaft Type Coupling Selection
The total service factor SF is 1.5 + 0 = 1.5 Example
Using the preceding data, assume that the shaft spacing from end of shaft
Step 2: 20 x 100 x 1.5 to end of shaft is 36(. A floating shaft coupling is then required. The 36” is
HP/100 RPM = = 2.6 HP/100 RPM
1,150 specified as BE (Between Ends) = 36”.
Referring to Chart 3, under the column of HP/100RPM, the small-
est coupling you can select is #50 which is rated for 3.0 HP/100 Refer to the Type 3 and 4 Chart to find the overall length of the coupling;
RPM. add dimension 2 x LTB to BE.
NOTE: You can also find the coupling size by multiplying
SF x 20: For a size #50 type 3, the overall length will be 36” + 2 x 1.69 = 39.38.
SF x 20 = 1.5 x 20 = 30 HP Note that the length of the spacer tube assembly will be 36” - 2R =
In Chart 3 for motor drives the coupling to select is, again, #50 36 - 1.62 = 34.38.
under 1,150 RPM motors. The size is rated at 34 HP @ 1,150
RPM. This is the amount of space, or dropout section, between the fixed portions
of the coupling.
SP-7
Deltaflex Coupling Service Factors
Chart 1 —Typical Service Factors Electric Motor and Turbine Driven Equipment
Agitators Edgar Feed..................................................3.0 Bleacher ......................................................2.5
Liquids ........................................................2.0 Live Rolls ....................................................3.0 Calenders ....................................................3.0
Variable Density ..........................................3.0 Log Haul—Incline ........................................3.0 Cylinders......................................................3.0
Blowers Log Haul—Well Type ..................................3.0 Dryers ..........................................................3.0
Centrifugal ..................................................1.5 Planer Feed Chains ....................................3.0 Jordans........................................................3.0
Lobe ............................................................2.0 Planer Floor Chains ....................................3.0 Log Haul ......................................................3.0
Vane ............................................................2.0 Planer Tilting Hoist ......................................3.0 Presses........................................................3.0
Car Dumpers......................................................3.0 Slab Conveyor ............................................2.5 Suction Roll ................................................3.0
Car Pullers ........................................................2.0 Sorting Table................................................2.5 Washers and Thickeners ............................2.5
Clay Working Machinery ..................................2.5 Trimmer Feed ..............................................3.0 Winders ......................................................3.0
Compressors Machine Tools Printing Presses ................................................2.5
Centrifugal ..................................................1.5 Bending Roll ................................................3.0 Pumps
Lobe, Vane, Screw ......................................2.0 Punch Press—Gear Driven ........................3.0 Centrifugal
Reciprocating— Tapping Machines........................................4.0 General Duty (Liquid) ..........................1.5
Multi-cylinder ..........Not Recommended Auxiliary Drives............................................2.5 Boiler Feed ..........................................1.5
Conveyors—Uniformly Loaded Or Fed ..........2.0 Metal Mills Slurry (Sewage, etc.) ..........................2.5
Conveyors—Heavy Duty Draw Bench—Carriage................................3.5 Dredge ................................................3.0
Not Uniformly Fed ....................................2.5 Draw Bench—Main Drive ............................3.5 Reciprocating ................................................
Conveyors—Vibratory ......................................3.5 Forming Machines ......................................3.5 Double Acting ........Not Recommended
Cranes and Hoists................Not Recommended Slitters..........................................................3.0 Single Acting ..........Not Recommended
Crushers ............................................................4.0 Table Conveyors Rotary—Gear, Lobe, Vane ..........................2.0
Extruders Non-Reversing ....................................3.5 Rubber Industry
Plastic ..........................................................2.0 Reversing ............................................4.0 Mixer—Banbury ..........................................4.0
Metal............................................................2.5 Wire Drawing & Flattening Machine ............3.0 Rubber Calender ........................................3.0
Fans Wire Winding Machine ................................3.0 Rubber Mill (2 or more) ..............................3.5
Centrifugal ..................................................1.5 Mills, Rotary Type Sheeter ........................................................3.0
Axial ............................................................1.5 Ball ............................................................3.5 Tire Building Machines ................................3.5
Mine Ventilation ..........................................3.5 Cement Kilns ..............................................3.0 Tubers and Strainers ..................................3.0
Cooling Towers ............................................3.0 Dryers & Coolers ........................................3.0 Screens
Light Duty Blowers & Fans ..........................1.5 Kilns ............................................................3.0 Rotary—Stone or Gravel ............................2.5
Feeders Pebble..........................................................3.0 Traveling Water Intake ................................2.5
Light Duty ....................................................1.5 Rod ............................................................3.0 Vibratory ......................................................3.5
Heavy Duty ..................................................2.5 Tumbling Barrels..........................................3.0 Sewage Disposal Equipment ..........................2.5
Food Industry Mixers Textile Industry
Cereal Cooker ............................................1.5 Concrete Mixers ..........................................3.0 Batchers ......................................................2.5
Dough Mixer ................................................2.5 Drum Type ..................................................3.0 Calenders ....................................................3.0
Meat Grinder ..............................................2.5 Oil Industry Card Machines ............................................2.5
Can Filling Machine ....................................1.5 Chillers ........................................................2.5 Dry Cans ....................................................3.0
Bottling ........................................................1.5 Oil Well Pumping ........................................3.0 Dryers ..........................................................2.5
Generators Rotary Kilns ................................................3.0 Dyeing Machinery........................................2.5
Non-Welding ................................................2.5 Paper Mills Looms..........................................................2.5
SP
Welding........................................................4.0 Barker Auxiliaries, Hydraulic........................4.0 Mangles ......................................................2.5

Hammer Mills ....................................................4.0 Barker Mechanical ......................................4.0 Soapers ......................................................2.5
Lumber Industry Barker Drum (Spur Gear Only) ..................4.0 Spinners ......................................................2.5
Barkers—Drum Type ..................................4.0 Beater & Pulper ..........................................3.0 Windlass ............................................................3.0
Chart 2—Service Factors for Driven Equipment Load Classifications
1.5 4.0
2.0
2.5
3.0
Note: * indicates that torque load reversal can exist without reversing
rotation and can be caused by overrunning the load with inertia or
shifting of the load. Consult Lovejoy Engineering.
SP-8
Specialty Couplings Performance Data
Deltaflex Coupling Ratings
Chart 3—HP and Torque Ratings
Maximum Peak
Maximum Bore Continuous Overload HP Rating1
Delta Hub Round Hub Torque Torque HP/100 @Standard Motor RPM
Size inch mm inch mm in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm RPM 875 1,150 1,750 3,500
40 1.38 35 1.63 42 750 84 1,125 127 1.2 10.5 13.8 21.0 42
40HT 1.38 35 1.63 42 1,260 142 1,890 213 2.0 17.5 23.0 35.0 70
50 1.88 50 2.25 58 1,900 214 2,850 322 3.0 26.2 34.0 52.4 105
50HT 1.88 50 2.25 58 2,835 320 4,235 478 4.5 39.0 52.0 78.0 156
60 2.50 66 3.00 81 4,100 463 6,150 695 6.5 57.0 75.0 114.0 228
60HT 2.50 66 3.00 81 6,000 678 9,000 1,017 9.5 83.0 109.0 166.0 332
80 3.38 93 4.00 110 9,500 1,073 14,250 1,610 15.0 131.0 173.0 262.0 524
80HT 3.38 93 4.00 110 15,000 1,695 22,500 2,542 23.8 208.0 274.0 416.0 832
100 4.25 114 5.00 136 22,900 2,587 34,500 3,898 36.3 317.0 418.0 634.0 1,268
100HT 4.25 114 5.00 136 33,000 3,728 49,500 5,593 52.4 458.0 603.0 916.0 1,832
Note: 1. The HP ratings listed are for drives with a Service Factor of 1.0
(refer to Chart 1 for Service Factors). Further, the ratings are
based on prime movers such as electric motors or turbines.
HP/100RPM = HP x 100
RPM
T(Torque) = HP x 63,025
RPM
HP = Tx RPM
63,025
Internal Combustion Engines

Deltaflex couplings are not recommended for direct connection to internal
combustion engine drives.
SP
SP-9
Specialty Couplings Dimensional Data
Deltaflex Coupling Data

Type 1
Shaft to Shaft—Hubs Mounted Internally
This is the standard arrangement for most shaft to shaft applications. There
are five basic coupling sizes in all types, each with a Standard and a High
Torque (HT) Series. Both the Standard and the HT Series are dimensional-
ly interchangeable.
Type 1 features the standard inner and outer flanges and delta hubs, which
are triangular in shape to accommodate the delta flex-link pattern. The
standard flanges are stamped steel, while the flex links in all Deltaflex cou-
plings are precipitation-hardened (PH 17-7) stainless steel. Delta hubs are
ductile iron, zinc clear dichromate-plated and available from stock in a vari-
ety of bore sizes. Every Deltaflex hub is standard with two set screws at
120º. Hub to flange (axial) and flange to flange (radial) hardware is SAE
Grade 5. Stainless steel flanges with standard ductile iron delta hubs are
available from stock as an option. Delta style hubs are not available in
stainless steel.
Type 1 Shaft to Shaft—Hubs Mounted Internally Dimensional Data

Max. Peak
Bores Cont. Overload
Max. Min. RSB1 OD OAL C G HP/100 Torque Torque2 Axial WR2 Max.
Size inch mm inch mm inch inch inch inch RPM in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm Angular3 Parallel3 Freedom4 lbs-in2 RPM
40 1.375 35 .44 12 4.38 3.51 0.29 0.12 1.2 750 84 1,125 127 6º 0.12 0.09 5.4 8,000
40HT 1.375 35 .44 12 4.38 3.54 0.32 0.12 2.0 1,260 142 1,890 213 5º 0.12 0.09 5.4 8,000
50 1.875 49 .44 12 6.18 4.83 0.71 0.18 3.0 1,900 214 2,850 322 6º 0.18 0.12 30.1 6,000
50HT 1.875 49 .44 12 6.18 4.87 0.75 0.18 4.5 2,835 320 4,235 478 5º 0.15 0.12 30.1 6,000
60 2.500 65 .75 20 7.25 6.22 1.23 0.18 6.5 4,100 463 6,150 695 6º 0.24 0.15 64.3 5,000
60HT 2.500 65 .75 20 7.25 6.26 1.27 0.18 9.5 6,000 678 9,000 1,017 5º 0.21 0.15 64.3 5,000
80 3.375 90 1.38 35 9.62 7.52 1.02 0.25 15.0 9,500 1,073 14,250 1,610 6º 0.29 0.18 297.0 4,000
80HT 3.375 90 1.38 35 9.62 7.57 1.07 0.25 23.8 15,000 1,692 22,500 2,542 5º 0.25 0.18 297.0 4,000
100 4.250 112 1.75 45 12.75 9.74 0.58 0.31 36.3 22,900 2,587 34,500 3,898 6º 0.40 0.25 884.0 3,000
100HT 4.250 112 1.75 45 12.75 9.82 0.66 0.31 52.4 33,000 3,728 49,500 5,593 5º 0.35 0.25 884.0 3,000
Notes: 1. RSB hubs are furnished with two set screws at 120º, no keyway.
SP
2. Peak Overload Torque = Torque that can be applied for short periods,
such as shock loads, start up, etc.
3. See illustrations B & C on page SP-3 for combined maximum misalignment.
4. Axial Freedom is provided only for the purpose of system expansion or due to
OAL2
temperature changes or shaft flotation (such as with sleeve bearing motors).
5. Balancing is not required below 60% of Maximum RPM. LTB
Type 2
Shaft to Shaft—Hubs Mounted Externally
This arrangement is similar to Type 1 in that all components are the same, except the
delta hubs are mounted outside the flanges. An optional version of the Type 2 uses
round hubs mounted externally on both ends or on one end to accommodate larger HD OD
bore requirements. Type 2 is available as a stock option with stainless steel flanges
and stainless steel round hubs. Delta style hubs are not available in stainless steel.
See next page for dimensions.
SP-10

Type 2A
Shaft to Shaft—One Hub Mounted Externally,
One Hub Mounted Internally
One hub is mounted on the inside of the flange and one hub is
mounted on the outside. Round hubs cannot be mounted on the
inside of the coupling. Type 2A is available as a stock option with
stainless steel flanges. The internal hub would be ductile iron,
while the external hub would be a stainless steel round hub. Delta
hubs are not available in stainless steel.
Type 2 and 2A Shaft to Shaft—Hub(s) Mounted Externally Dimensional Data
Max. Peak
Max. Bore Min. Bore1 Cont. Overload
Delta Hub Round Hub Delta Hub OD OAL12 OAL22 G13 G23 HD LTB HP/100 Torque Torque Max.
Size inch mm inch mm inch mm inch inch inch inch inch inch inch RPM in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm RPM
40 1.375 35 1.625 42 .44 12 4.38 4.51 5.51 1.67 3.05 2.56 1.23 1.2 750 84 1,125 127 8,000
40HT 1.375 35 1.625 42 .44 12 4.38 4.54 5.54 1.70 3.08 2.56 1.23 2.0 1,260 142 1,890 213 8,000
50 1.875 49 2.250 58 .44 12 6.18 6.10 7.37 2.47 4.23 3.56 1.57 3.0 1,900 214 2,850 322 6,000
50HT 1.875 49 2.250 58 .44 12 6.18 6.14 7.41 2.51 4.27 3.56 1.57 4.5 2,835 320 4,235 478 6,000
60 2.500 65 3.000 79 .75 20 7.25 7.77 9.33 3.38 5.53 4.50 1.90 6.5 4,100 463 6,250 695 5,000
60HT 2.500 65 3.000 79 .75 20 7.25 7.82 9.37 3.42 5.57 4.50 1.90 9.5 6,000 678 9,000 1,017 5,000
80 3.375 90 4.000 106 1.38 35 9.62 9.58 11.64 3.80 6.58 5.88 2.53 15.0 9,500 1,073 14,250 1,610 4,000
80HT 3.375 90 4.000 106 1.38 35 9.62 9.63 11.69 3.85 6.63 5.88 2.53 23.8 15,000 1,695 22,500 2,542 4,000
100 4.250 112 5.000 132 1.75 45 12.75 12.91 16.08 4.58 8.58 7.25 3.75 36.3 22,900 2,587 34,500 3,898 3,000
100HT 4.250 112 5.000 132 1.75 45 12.75 12.99 16.16 4.66 8.66 7.25 3.75 52.4 33,000 3,728 49,500 5,593 3,000
Notes: 1. Min. bore hubs are furnished with two set screws at 120º, no keyway.
2. OAL1 is overall length with one hub mounted externally; OAL2 is with both hubs mounted externally.
3. G1 is hub gap with one hub mounted externally; G2 is with both hubs mounted externally.
4. For misalignment capabilities, see illustrations B and C on page SP-3, or Type 1 data on previous page. See page SP-9
for Performance Data.
Type 3
Spacer Type
This arrangement is specifically designed for the pump industry and is
available in a variety of industry standard shaft separations. The shaft
SP
center spacer drops out to facilitate easier maintenance of pump parts
without disturbing the alignment of pump and motor. Spacer type cou- Floating Shaft Coupling Maximum Parallel Misalignment
plings utilize either standard delta hubs or optional round hubs. The center
Dimensions in Inches
member of the Deltaflex is captured by the construction of the spacer
at Max. Span @ RPM
flanges for greater safety. Standard spacer drop out lengths are available
Size 1,750
to accommodate shaft separations of 3.50, 4.38, 5, 7, 10, 12 and 15 inch-
es. Special spacer lengths and stainless steel spacer couplings are avail- 40 2.50
40HT 2.00
able as an option.
50 3.00
50HT 2.50
Type 4 60 3.25
Floating Shaft Type 60HT 3.00
The Type 4 coupling components are identical to Type 3, except the float- 80 4.00
ing shaft design uses a longer spacer tube to span distances up to 12 80HT 3.50
feet. Deltaflex floating shaft couplings are lightweight, dynamically bal- 100 4.25
100HT 4.00
anced (as required) and corrosion resistant. The center member of the
Deltaflex is captured by the construction of the spacer flanges for greater
safety. Floating shaft couplings are also available in stainless steel.
See next page for dimensions.
SP-11
Deltaflex Coupling Data 2500
2000
Ba
Speed In RPM
Dynamic Balancing Of Center Member
l an
Required, Consult Lovejoy.
ci n
1500
g
ay
M
Be
1000 Re
qu
ir e d
Dep
e ndin
500 g On A
pplication
Balancing Not Required
0ⴖ 10ⴖ 20ⴖ 30ⴖ 40ⴖ 50ⴖ 60ⴖ 70ⴖ 80ⴖ 90ⴖ

Floating Shaft Couplings Balancing Requirements
Type 3 and 4—Spacer and Floating Shaft Dimensional Data
BE < 18" = Spacer coupling (Type 3); BE > 18" = Floating Shaft coupling (Type 4)
Max. Peak
Max. Bore Min. Bore1 Cont Overload
Delta Hub Round Hub Delta Hub OD HD LTB4 D R S3 HP/100 Torque Torque
Size inch mm inch mm inch mm inch inch inch inch inch inch RPM in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm
40 1.375 35 1.625 42 .44 12 4.38 2.56 1.34 1.50 0.50 See 1.2 750 84 1,125 127
40HT 1.375 35 1.625 42 .44 12 4.38 2.56 1.34 1.50 0.50 Chart 2.0 1,260 142 1,890 213
50 1.875 49 2.250 58 .44 12 6.18 3.56 1.68 2.00 0.81 for 3.0 1,900 214 2,850 322
50HT 1.875 49 2.250 58 .44 12 6.18 3.56 1.68 2.00 0.81 Type 3 4.5 2,835 320 4,235 478
60 2.500 65 3.000 79 .75 20 7.25 4.50 2.03 2.62 0.94 Below 6.5 4,100 463 6,250 695
60HT 2.500 65 3.000 79 .75 20 7.25 4.50 2.03 2.62 0.94 9.5 6,000 678 9,000 1,017
80 3.375 90 4.000 106 1.38 35 9.62 5.88 2.66 3.50 1.00 15.0 9,500 1,073 14,250 1,610
80HT 3.375 90 4.000 106 1.38 35 9.62 5.88 2.66 3.50 1.00 23.8 15,000 1,695 22,500 2,542
100 4.250 112 5.000 132 1.75 45 12.75 7.25 3.88 4.38 1.25 36.3 22,900 2,587 34,500 3,898
100HT 4.250 112 5.000 132 1.75 45 12.75 7.25 3.88 4.38 1.25 52.4 33,000 3,728 49,500 5,593
Notes: 1. Minimum bore hubs are furnished with 2 set screws at 120º, no keyway.
2. BE is the distance between the ends of equipment shafts—please supply
this dimension when placing orders, BE = OAL-2 (LTB), BE = S + 2 (R)
3. S is the Spacer drop out or floating shaft length, S = BE-2(R).
4. LTB is the length through the hub bore. OAL is the overall length,
OAL = BE + 2(LTB)
SP
Type 3 Type 4
Standard Spacer Drop Out Assemblies Dimensional Data Floating Shaft Coupling Maximum Span – Inch
BE S OAL Max. Span - BE
Size inch mm inch mm inch mm Size 1,750 RPM 1,150 RPM 875 RPM
40/40HT 3.50 88.90 2.50 63.50 6.16 156.37 40/40HT 60 76 88

4.38 111.13 3.38 85.73 7.03 178.59 50/50HT 70 88 102
5.00 127.00 4.00 101.60 7.66 194.47 60/60HT 80 100 114
50/50HT 4.38 111.13 2.75 69.85 7.72 196.06 80/80HT 94 115 140
5.00 127.00 3.38 85.73 8.34 211.93 100/100HT 104 120 150
7.00 177.80 5.38 136.52 10.34 262.73
60/60HT 5.00 127.00 3.12 81.66 9.06 230.19 Note: Consult Lovejoy Engineering for other RPM/Span applications.
7.00 177.80 5.12 130.18 11.06 280.99
10.00 254.00 8.12 206.25 14.06 357.19
80/80HT 10.00 254.00 8.16 207.17 15.31 388.94
12.00 304.80 10.16 257.97 17.31 439.74
100/100HT 12.00 304.80 9.50 241.30 19.75 501.65
15.00 381.00 12.50 317.50 22.75 577.85
SP-12
DELTA HUB ROUND HUB
Delta Hub and Round Hub Dimensional Data

Max. Bore Min. Bore Axial Cap
Delta Hub Round Hub Delta Hub HD LTB BC Q P Screw Tap
Size inch mm inch mm inch mm inch inch inch inch inch TH Set Screw
40/40HT 1.375 35 1.625 42 0.4375 12 2.56 1.34 2.12 0.09 1.498/1.500 1/ -20 x .62 1/ -20
4 4
50/50HT 1.875 49 2.250 58 0.4375 12 3.56 1.68 3.08 0.09 1.998/2.000 5/ -18 x .75 1/ -20*
16 4
60/60HT 2.500 65 3.00 79 0.750 20 4.50 2.03 3.88 0.12 2.623/2.625 3/ -16 x .88 3/ -16
8 8
80/80HT 3.375 90 4.00 106 1.375 35 5.88 2.66 5.12 0.12 3.498/3.500 1/ -13 x 1.00 1/ -13
2 2
100/100HT 4.250 112 5.00 132 1.750 45 7.25 3.88 6.32 0.12 4.373/4.375 5/ -11 x 1.50 1/ -13
8 2
Notes: 1. * indicates in some bore sizes the tap is 5/16-18.

2. Maximum Bores are provided with standard keyway. RSB hubs do not have a
keyway. Both Delta hubs and Round hubs are provided with two set screws at 120º.
Deltaflex Standard Bore Availability Chart

Size 0.4375 0.625 0.750 0.875 1.000 1.125 1.250 1.375 1.500 1.625 1.750 1.875 2.000
40/40HT D S S S S S S S R R N/A N/A N/A
50/50HT D S S S S S S S S S S S R
60/60HT N/A N/A D S S S S S S S S S S
80/80HT N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A D N/A S S S S
100/100HT N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A D S S
SP
Size 2.125 2.250 2.375 2.500 2.625 2.750 2.875 3.000 3.125 3.250 3.375 3.500
40/40HT N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
50/50HT R R N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
60/60HT S S S S R R R R N/A N/A N/A N/A
80/80HT S S S S S S S S S S S S
100/100HT S S S S S S S S S S S S
Size 3.625 3.750 3.875 4.000 4.125 4.250 4.375 4.500 4.625 4.750 4.875 5.000
80/80HT R R R R N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A N/A
100/100HT S S S S S S R R R R R R
Notes: 1. S indicates Standard hub, finished bores available from stock, two set screws @ 120º and standard keyway.
2. R indicates Round hub, finished bores available from stock, two set screws @ 120º and standard keyway.
3. D indicates Delta hubs, rough stock bores available from stock, two set screws @ 120º, no keyway.
4. N/A indicates not available
SP-13
Uniflex Coupling Design

Flexible Spring Type Coupling with
Exclusive Triple Wound Spring Design
The Uniflex Coupling is an all steel, single piece coupling that solves a vari-
ety of application concerns including: high misalignment, space limitations,
high temperature, and exceptionally low backlash/windup. The unique flexing
center of the Uniflex consists of three opposingly wound square wire springs
for forward or reverse operation. Two steel hubs are then brazed to the steel
spring pack to create a durable one-piece flexible coupling. Benefits of this
coupling include: UNIFLEX TRIPLE SPRING COUPLING
n This designed flexibility compensates for high degrees of shaft

misalignment (up to 4.5º angular, up to .045" parallel).
n The one piece Uniflex is simple to install — nothing to replace, no
wearing parts, and no lubrication needed.
n The compact design provides a coupling that is smaller and lighter
than most couplings of comparable torque ratings. It is also
well suited for applications with inaccessible mounting locations. The Uniflex is designed for applications up to 30,000 RPM such as
n All metal design means that the Uniflex can be used in applications textile equipment, conveyors, machine tools, centrifugal pumps, blowers,
where severe environmental concerns are a factor. Standard winding machines, and steering mechanisms. In addition, most sizes
couplings withstand temperatures to +250º F (due to soldering); special can be supplied in stainless steel for applications requiring frequent
designs to +600º F (stainless steel w/electron beam weld). washdowns (food processing), additional chemical resistance (salt
n The Uniflex is unaffected by oil, grease, dirt and most industrial chemi- water handling), non-magnetic properties (military), or sterile/vacuum
cals. usage (pharmaceutical).
Uniflex Coupling Types

Four styles of Uniflex couplings are available: shaft-to-shaft, drop out,
flange-to-flange and flange-to-shaft.
U Type
This is a durable one-piece flexible coupling for general purpose shaft-to- U TYPE
shaft applications. It is the basis for all Uniflex coupling types.
RRU Type
SP
This design offers “quick disconnect” for drop out requirements. It can
also accomodate a slightly larger shaft diameter than the standard U
type.
UF Type RRU TYPE

This flange-to-flange type is designed to connect flange mounted equip-
ment to another flange while compensating for misalignment. It is also
the center drop out section of the RRU type.
UFH Type
A flange-to-shaft configuration, this couples flange mounted equipment to
a shaft with all the benefits of Uniflex versatility. The stock flange plate is
UF TYPE
the same as used on the UF type.
SP-14 UFH TYPE

Uniflex Coupling Selection Step 3: Determine the application service factor from page JW-6.
Once it is determined that the unique features of Uniflex meet your appli- Multiply the nominal torque by the application service factor to
cation, selection of the proper coupling depends on three factors: torque determine the total required torque.
transmission, bore requirements, and RPM. When selecting a Uniflex cou- Step 4: Select the size.
pling, the torque capability shown as maximum must not be exceeded. Step 5: Check to be sure the peak torque or maximum torque from start-
Nominal torque adjusted by an application service factor, start up torque, ing, braking or cyclic peaks does not exceed the coupling maxi-
braking torque and any cyclic shock or peak torques inherent in the appli- mum capability. For applications involving frequent starts and
cation must be considered. stops, refer to Lovejoy Engineering. NOTE: Diesel and gasoline
engine drives usually require special considerations. Refer to
Determine the correct Uniflex coupling size by working out the following Lovejoy Engineering.
calculations: Step 6: a.Check the coupling maximum bore capability versus the shaft
to be used. If necessary, pick a larger size coupling to get the
Step 1: Determine the Uniflex type or configuration from page SP-14. needed bore capacity.
Step 2: Calculate the nominal torque as T or nominal HP/100RPM b.Check the maximum speed.
c.Check any limiting dimensions.
T= (HP* x 63,025) HP/100RPM = HP* x 100

(in-lbs) RPM* RPM*
T= (KW* x 9,550)
(Nm) RPM
* Usually HP (KW) & RPM of prime mover, if the coupling is

to be attached to the prime mover or if no speed or torque
devices are between the driver and driven equipment.
Selection Example Step 3: The U-125 has a maximum bore capability of 1.250”, which covers
A rolling device operates at 6,000 RPM and requires 15 HP. The driving the application driver shaft of the same size. The roll shaft is
shaft is 1.250” diameter and the roll shaft is 1.125” diameter. Select the 1.125”, which is less than maximum.
proper U type shaft-to-shaft coupling. Occasional emergency stops impose
675 in-lbs of torque, otherwise the operation has no cyclic loading. Start up Note: Uniflex maximum bore sizes includes a standard keyway allowance.
SP
torque is 1/3 of emergency stopping torque. Rolls of various types typically
have a 1.5 - 2.0 application service factor.
Determine the nominal torque or HP/100RPM:
Step 1: T= 15 x 63,025 = 158 in-lbs

6,000
HP/100 RPM = 15 x 100 = 0.25 HP/100 RPM
6,000
Step 2: Determine the Total Rated Torque:

Tr = 158 x 2.0 = 316 in-lbs
Maximum stopping torque = 675 in-lbs

Start up torque = 225 in-lbs
The U-125 coupling meets all the above requirements with the key
item as the maximum stopping torque.
SP-15
Specialty Couplings Performance Data
Uniflex Coupling Technical Data

Selection Chart
Misalignment Capability
Wind Up Maximum Maximum
At Max. Maximum Parallel Recommended Maximum Maximum
Size Torque1 Angular Offset End Play Torque HP Speed
Offset in mm in mm in-lbs Nm 100RPM RPM
18 Reg. 1.80º 3.0º 0.008 0.20 0.010 0.25 18 2.0 0.03 30,000
25 Reg. 1.80º 4.5º 0.011 0.28 0.020 0.51 34 3.8 0.05 30,000
37 Reg. 1.78º 4.5º 0.014 0.36 0.020 0.51 39 4.4 0.06 30,000
50 Reg. 1.82º 4.5º 0.021 0.53 0.035 0.89 82 9.3 0.13 30,000
62 Reg. 0.85º 3.0º 0.019 0.48 0.035 0.89 126 14.2 0.20 20,000
75 Reg. 1.82º 4.5º 0.028 0.71 0.040 1.02 175 19.8 0.28 20,000
87 Reg. 1.68º 4.5º 0.035 0.89 0.040 1.02 346 39.1 0.55 10,000
100 Reg. 1.03º 3.0º 0.030 0.76 0.040 1.02 565 63.8 0.90 6,000
125 Reg. 1.85º 4.5º 0.044 1.12 0.040 1.02 755 85.3 1.21 6,000
137 Reg. 1.85º 3.0º 0.035 0.89 0.040 1.02 1,260 142.4 2.02 6,000
150 Reg. 0.85º 3.0º 0.041 1.04 0.040 1.02 1,890 213.5 3.02 3,000
25 Short 1.07º 3.0º 0.007 0.18 0.015 0.38 34 3.8 0.05 30,000
37 Short 1.09º 3.0º 0.009 0.23 0.015 0.38 39 4.4 0.06 30,000
50 Short 1.05º 3.0º 0.014 0.36 0.010 0.25 82 9.3 0.13 30,000
62 Short 0.85º 3.0º 0.019 0.48 0.020 0.51 126 14.2 0.20 20,000
75 Short 1.12º 3.0º 0.019 0.48 0.020 0.51 175 19.8 0.28 20,000
87 Short 1.17º 3.0º 0.024 0.61 0.020 0.51 346 39.1 0.55 10,000
100 Short 1.03º 3.0º 0.030 0.76 0.020 0.51 565 63.8 0.90 6,000
125 Short 1.22º 3.0º 0.030 0.76 0.020 0.51 755 85.3 1.21 6,000
137 Short 1.35º 3.0º 0.035 0.89 0.020 0.51 1,260 142.4 2.02 6,000
150 Short 0.85º 3.0º 0.041 1.04 0.020 0.51 1,890 213.5 3.02 3,000
Notes: 1. Total backlash is approximately /3 of windup at maximum
1
torque—consult Lovejoy Engineering for more information.

2. See Lovejoy list pricebook for UPC numbers.
SP
SP-16
Uniflex Coupling Data

U Type — Shaft-to-Shaft
The U type is the basis for all Uniflex couplings. It is a shaft-to-shaft flexi-
ble coupling with a simple one piece design, making it ideal for indexing,
robotic or positioning applications. The U type consists of a triple-wound
flexible steel spring brazed to a steel hub at each end.
This all steel design ensures optimum equipment protection in severe U TYPE
environments and/or high temperature applications.
Regular and short versions are available for most sizes to accommodate
different overall length requirements. Special hub or bore modifications
are also possible. These units can be supplied with either pin holes or
with keyways and set screws. Lovejoy does not recommend the reboring
of uniflex couplings by customers due to potential damage to the brazed
joint.
U Type Dimensional Data

Pin
Min. Max. LTB OAL1 Location (SL) Pin Set Screw
Size HD Bore Bore Reg Short Reg Short Reg Short Size Qty Per Weight
in in mm in mm in in in in in in in Hub Size lbs. kg.
U-18 0.61 0.12 3 0.25 6 0.31 ..... 1.00 ..... 0.16 ..... 3/
32 1 6-32 0.09 0.04
U-25 0.73 0.12 3 0.31 8 0.38 0.32 1.50 1.00 0.16 0.16 3/
32 1 6-32 0.10 0.05
U-37 0.86 0.25 6 0.38 9.5 0.52 0.52 2.06 1.65 0.25 0.25 3/
32 1 10-24 0.27 0.12
U-50 1.04 0.31 8 0.50 12.5 0.64 0.50 2.50 1.82 0.31 0.31 1/
8 1 1/ -20
4 0.36 0.16
U-62 1.42 0.31 8 0.62 16 0.84 0.62 2.72 2.28 0.38 0.38 1/
8 1 1/ -20
4 0.78 0.35
U-75 1.42 0.38 10 0.75 19 0.84 0.84 3.31 2.72 0.41 0.41 1/
8 1 1/ -20
4 0.82 0.37
U-87 1.73 0.44 11 0.88 22 0.84 0.84 3.50 2.91 0.44 0.44 3/
16 1 1/ -20
4 1.40 0.63
U-100 2.11 0.44 11 1.00 25 1.29 1.00 4.12 3.56 0.56 0.56 5/
16 1 1/ -20
4 2.60 1.18
U-125 2.17 0.62 16 1.25 31 1.28 1.10 4.88 3.75 0.62 0.62 5/
16 1 3/ -16
8 2.74 1.24
U-137 2.54 0.62 16 1.38 35 1.58 1.01 5.25 4.12 0.69 0.69 3/
8 1 3/ -16
8 4.00 1.81
SP
U-150 2.98 0.75 19 1.50 38 1.88 1.72 6.28 5.00 0.81 0.81 3/
8 1 3/ -16
8 8.00 3.63
Note: 1. OAL Tolerance + 1/8 inch.
Stainless Steel U Series Dimensional Data

Max. Pin
Bore LTB OAL1 Location (SL) Pin Set Screw Weight
Size HD in mm Reg Short Reg Short Reg Short Size Qty Per lbs kg.
in in in in in in in Hub Size
U-18 0.60 0.25 6 0.31 ..... 0.95 ..... 0.16 ..... 3/
32 1 6-32 0.09 0.04
U-25 0.62 0.31 8 ..... 0.41 ..... 0.97 ..... 0.16 3/
32 1 6-32 0.10 0.05
U-37 0.75 0.31 8 ..... 0.68 ..... 1.68 ..... 0.25 3/
32 1 10-24 0.27 0.12
U-50 0.94 0.38 9.5 ..... 0.58 ..... 1.80 ..... 0.31 1/
8 1 1/ -20
4 0.36 0.16
U-62 1.25 0.50 12.5 0.96 0.77 2.65 2.27 0.38 0.38 1/
8 1 1/ -20
4 0.78 0.35
U-75 1.25 0.50 12.5 ..... 0.96 ..... 2.65 ..... 0.41 1/
8 1 1/ -20
4 0.82 0.37
U-87 1.69 0.75 19 ..... 0.99 ..... 2.94 ..... 0.44 3/
16 1 1/ -20
4 1.40 0.63
U-100 1.94 1.00 25 1.41 1.13 4.09 3.55 0.56 0.56 5/
16 1 1/ -20
4 2.60 1.18
U-125 1.97 1.00 25 ..... 1.25 ..... 3.99 ..... 0.62 5/
16 1 3/ -16
8 2.74 1.24
Note: 1. OAL Tolerance + 1/8 inch.
SP-17

RRU Type — Dropout Style
The RRU type Uniflex coupling is designed for fast, easy installation and
removal without disrupting the connected shafts. This is ideal when servic-
ing impellers, bearings and seals.
RRU TYPE
The design consists of two steel hubs fastened with cap screws to
a Uniflex double flange coupling (UF type). The RRU is easily disassem-
bled by simply removing the cap screws and sliding out the UF center
spring section.
UF Type — Flange-to-Flange
This coupling is actually the center dropout section of the RRU type, but it
can be purchased separately for direct flange-to-flange mounting of the
driving unit to the driven. The UF type coupling compensates for high mis-
alignment to protect connected equipment, yet it is also well-suited for
applications which require negligible backlash or windup and reliability
under high temperature conditions. Stock flange sizes are shown in the
Dimensional Data table below, but other sizes can be provided to meet
special mounting requirements.
UF TYPE
SP
RRU and UF Types Dimensional Data

Min. Max. Pin Loc. Pin
HD Bore Bore HL FL FL1 OAL1 D FD SL Size S2 BC Mtg. Screw3 Set Screw
Size in in. mm in. mm in in in in in in in in in in Qty. Size Qty. Size
RRU-50 2.00 0.38 10 1.00 25 1.00 ..... 0.25 3.52 1.88 2.00 0.50 1/ 1.56 1.50 3 1/ -20 1 1/ -20
8 4 4
RRU-75 2.50 0.38 10 1.25 32 1.25 ..... 0.38 4.27 2.38 2.50 0.62 1/ 1.81 2.00 3 1/ -20 1 1/ -20
8 4 4
RRU-87 2.87 0.44 11 1.38 35 1.38 ..... 0.38 4.84 2.75 2.88 0.69 3/ 2.12 2.25 3 1/ -20 1 1/ -20
16 4 4
RRU-100 2.31 0.44 11 1.38 35 1.38 0.50 0.38 4.90 3.12 3.25 0.44 5/ 2.18 2.68 3 5/ -18 1 1/ -20
16 16 4
RRU-125 2.75 0.62 16 1.62 41 1.62 0.50 0.50 5.84 3.56 3.68 0.56 5/ 2.62 3.12 3 5/ -18 1 3/ -16
16 16 8
RRU-137 3.25 0.62 16 1.88 48 1.88 0.50 0.50 6.53 4.25 4.38 0.69 3/ 2.81 3.75 3 3/ -16 1 3/ -16
8 8 8
RRU-150 3.75 0.75 19 2.12 54 2.12 0.62 0.50 7.66 5.00 5.38 0.82 3/ 3.44 4.38 4 3/ -16 1 3/ -16
8 8 8
Notes: 1. OAL Tolerance + .19 inch.
2. UF Center Drop out Length Tolerance + .12 inch.
3. Screws not supplied for UF.
4. When ordering specify prefix RRU or UF; dimensions remain the same for either.
5. See page SP-16 for Performance Data.
SP-18

UFH Type — Flange-to-Shaft
The one-piece UFH type coupling is similar to the U type, except that one
hub is replaced by a flange plate. Stock flange sizes are shown in the
Dimensional Data table below but other sizes can be made to order. As
with the other Uniflex styles, this coupling compensates for high degrees
of angular and parallel misalignment with very little backlash or windup
and is reliable in harsh or severe environments.
Regular and short versions are available for each size to accommodate UFH TYPE
different overall length requirements. For increased versatility, the hub can
be modified with a tapered, spline, hex or square bore. The standard hub
is furnished with either a pre-drilled pin hole or with a keyway and set
screw. Specify when ordering.
UFH Series Dimensional Data
Min. Max. LTB OAL1 Pin Loc. Pin

Size HD Bore Bore Reg Short FL1 Reg Short FD D SL Size BC Mtg. Screw2 Set Screw
in in mm in mm in in in in in in in in in in Qty. Size Qty. Size
UFH-50 1.04 0.31 8 0.50 13 0.64 0.50 0.25 2.03 1.50 2.00 1.88 0.31 1/ 1.50 3 1/ -20 1 1/ -20
8 4 4
UFH-75 1.42 0.38 10 0.75 19 0.84 0.84 0.38 2.58 2.00 2.50 2.38 0.41 1/ 2.00 3 1/ -20 1 1/ -20
8 4 4
UFH-87 1.73 0.44 11 0.88 22 0.84 0.84 0.38 2.82 2.24 2.88 2.75 0.44 3/ 2.25 3 1/ -20 1 1/ -20
16 4 4
SP
UFH-100 2.11 0.44 11 1.00 25 1.29 1.00 0.38 3.17 2.88 3.25 3.12 0.56 5/ 2.68 3 5/ -18 1 1/ -20
16 16 4
UFH-125 2.17 0.62 16 1.25 32 1.28 1.10 0.50 3.75 2.82 3.68 3.56 0.62 5/ 3.12 3 5/ -18 1 3/ -16
16 16 8
UFH-137 2.54 0.62 16 1.38 35 1.58 1.02 0.50 4.03 3.46 4.38 4.25 0.69 3/ 3.75 3 3/ -16 1 3/ -16
8 8 8
UFH-150 2.98 0.75 19 1.50 ..... 1.88 1.72 0.63 4.86 3.75 5.38 5.00 0.81 3/ 4.38 4 3/ -16 1 3/ -16
8 8 8
Notes: 1. OAL Tolerance + .12 inch.
2. Screws not supplied.
3. See page SP-16 for Performance Data.
SP-19
Saga Coupling Design

Elastomeric Pre-compression Type
Saga is a general purpose, torsionally soft coupling with high tolerance to
all forms of misalignment. The design features hexagonal or octagonal
rubber donut-shaped elements with metal inserts positioned at each apex
during the vulcanization process. These metal inserts carry actual bolts
which fix the element to tines on cast, cylindrical hubs. Embedded inserts
also have tines which connect with mating surfaces on hubs so that axial
bolts can be easily torqued during assembly without twisting the rubber
beyond the limits of its elasticity. The rubber between each apex is pre-
compressed, so it is much more durable to the stresses arising from the
various forms of misalignment and torsional vibrations.
SAGA TYPE
While the Saga coupling is normally associated with shaft-to-shaft appli-
cations, adaptations for flange and flywheel mountings can be made. In
addition, a floating shaft version for use in lieu of a u-joint drive shaft with
separate torsional coupling is available. Its elements can also be stacked
in series for use in applications with extreme transient or permanent par-
allel misalignment, or where torsional dynamics demand an extremely
soft element for proper damping and/or vibratory decoupling. The rubber’s
stiffness of 60 as measured against Shore A by durometer, covers the
majority of such situations.
ANGULAR OFFSET (EXAGGERATED)

Performance benefits of this coupling include:
n No end thrust in misalignment position.
n Absorbs misalignment and shock.
n No axial reaction force to damage or accelerate wear in system

bearings.
n Accepts constant angular misalignment of up to 3º
n Parallel tolerance of 0.060( (1.5mm), while reaction force remains low.
n Lateral softness without complication, or sacrifice of performance

or durability.
n Natural rubber can operate in temperatures from -60º to +200º F
(-51º to 93º C).
PARALLEL OFFSET (EXAGGERATED)
Note: For applications requiring simultaneous angular and parallel mis-
SP
alignment, consult Lovejoy Engineering to ensure that heat gen-

erated from all three forms of stress do not exceed the cou-
pling’s ability to dissipate heat.
Step 3: Using the service factor selected from the table on JW-6,
Selection Process multiply torque or HP/100 RPM by the factor. Using the result,
select a coupling from the Performance Data chart on the
Step 1: Establish torque or HP rating of the driver and operating next page. The coupling’s rating must be equal to or greater
and maximum RPM (for electric motors, these are essentially than adjusted HP/100RPM or torque.
the same).
Step 4: Compare the maximum driver RPM to the Performance Data
Step 2: Determine the horsepower 100RPM: chart on the next page to insure that the coupling’s speed
limit is not exceeded.
HP x 100 = HP per 100 RPM
RPM Step 5: Finally, determine shaft diameters of both driving and driven
equipment and check them against maximum bore diameters
or establish driver torque at operating RPM. from the Dimensional Data chart on the next page to ensure
that these values are not exceeded.
SP-20
Saga Coupling Data

Performance Data
Dynamic
HP/100 RPM Rated Torque Max. Torsional Specific Max. Approx. Moment of
for 1.0 for 1.0 S.F. Shock Load Stiffness Torsional Speed Weight Inertia WR2
Size service factor in-lbs Nm in-lbs Nm in-lbs/Deg in-lbs/Rad Stiffness RPM1 lbs kg. lb in2
S-11 0.56 350 40 1,000 113 47 2,693 7.69 10,000 4.75 2.2 3.0
S-13 0.95 600 68 1,800 203 67 3,839 6.40 8,400 6.50 2.9 6.6
S-15 1.59 1,000 113 3,000 339 120 6,875 6.88 7,000 10 4.5 14.3
S-18 3.17 2,000 226 6,000 678 200 11,459 5.73 5,600 17 7.7 40.0
S-22 4.76 3,000 339 9,000 1017 400 22,918 7.64 5,000 31 14.1 102.0
S-26 7.93 5,000 565 15,000 1695 590 33,805 6.76 4,000 46 20.9 234.0
S-30 11.11 7,000 791 21,000 2373 800 45,837 6.55 3,500 64 29.0 384.0
S-34 19.04 12,000 1356 36,000 4067 2,000 114,592 9.55 2,800 122 55.3 832.0
S-40 31.73 20,000 2260 60,000 6779 3,500 200,535 10.03 2,200 175 79.4 1,200.0
Note: 1. For higher speeds, balancing may be necessary.
Bolt Data
Bolt Rec. Tightening
Grade No. 5 Torque of Bolts
Size T Wet Dry
Qty. Size ft-lb Nm ft-lb Nm
S-11 6 ⁵⁄₁₆ - 18 x 1³⁄₄ 13 18 17 23
S-13 6 ³⁄₈ - 16 x 2 23 31 30 41
S-15 6 ³⁄₈ - 16 x 2 ¹⁄₂ 23 31 30 41
S-18 6 ¹⁄₂ - 13 x 3 55 75 75 102
S-22 6 ⁵⁄₈ - 11 x 3 ¹⁄₄ 110 149 150 203
S-26 6 ³⁄₄ - 10 x 4 200 271 260 353
S-30 6 ³⁄₄ - 10 x 4 - ¹⁄₂ 200 271 260 353
S-34 8 ³⁄₄ - 10 x 4- ¹⁄₂ 200 271 260 353
S-40 8 1 -8 x 5 - ¹⁄₂ 480 651 640 868
SP
Dimensional Data
Rough Max
Stock Bore2 Bore
B B OAL OD HD W LTB BC Dia. D L
Size in mm in. mm in in in in in in in in
S-11 0.63 15.88 1.19 30.16 4.56 3.56 1.84 1.06 1.50 2.56 1.38 1.13
S-13 0.75 19.05 1.38 34.93 5.22 4.28 2.25 1.22 1.75 3.06 1.63 1.31
S-15 0.88 22.22 1.88 47.63 6.41 5.09 2.88 1.53 2.13 3.69 2.00 1.63
S-18 1.00 25.40 2.25 57.15 7.44 6.28 3.44 1.81 2.50 4.56 2.33 1.81
S-22 1.00 25.40 2.50 63.50 8.69 7.31 3.88 2.06 3.00 5.20 2.75 2.06
S-26 1.50 38.10 2.88 73.02 9.88 8.63 4.59 2.38 3.38 6.20 3.25 2.25
S-30 1.63 41.28 3.38 85.73 11.38 9.63 5.31 2.63 3.88 6.94 3.63 2.75
S-34 2.13 53.97 4.00 101.60 12.66 11.09 6.25 2.95 4.34 8.25 4.75 3.44
S-40 2.25 57.15 4.75 120.65 14.81 13.38 7.50 3.56 5.00 10.00 6.00 3.88
Note: 2. Standard bores available by 1/16( increments. Some metric sizes also available as standard.
SP-21
Rigid Sleeve Couplings

Lovejoy Rigid Sleeve couplings fit the standards of the industry. These
couplings, the simplest type, provide a fixed union between two shafts
which are precisely aligned. They are suitable for use in joining any two
shafts when flexibility is not required, shaft alignment is maintained and
proper bearing support is provided. Bore tolerances are -.000/+.002.
RIGID SLEEVE COUPLING
Rigid Sleeve Couplings Dimensional Data

Set Screw
Item OD OAL SL T Bore
Size (UPC) No. in in in in in
SC-250 14322 0.50 0.75 0.19 8-32 x 1/8 0.25*
SC-312 14324 0.62 1.00 0.25 8-32 x 1/8 0.31*
SC-375 14326 0.75 1.00 0.25 10-24 x 3/16 0.38*
SC-500 14330 1.00 1.50 0.38 1/ -20 x 3/
4 16 0.50
SC-625 14332 1.25 2.00 0.50 5/ -18 x 1/
16 4 0.62
SC-750 14335 1.50 2.00 0.50 5/ -18 x 5/
16 16 0.75
SC-875 14338 1.75 2.00 0.50 5/ -18 x 5/
16 16 0.88
SC-1000 14343 2.00 3.00 0.75 3/ -16 x 3/
8 8 1.00
SC-1125 14346 2.12 3.00 0.75 3/ -16 x 3/ 1.12
SP
8 8
SC-1250 14349 2.25 4.00 1.00 3/ -16 x 3/
8 8 1.25
SC-1375 14352 2.50 4.50 1.00 3/ -16 x 3/
8 8 1.38
Note: * indicates that these sizes do not have keyways
SP-22
Selection &
Dimensional Data
Shaft Collars
Zinc Plated and Stainless Steel
Item (UPC) numbers
Bore2 Size Zinc Plated Stainless OD W Set Screw
Lovejoy shaft collars are precision machined for the best
possible fit. Standard steel collars are made from highest 1/ LSC-2 17507 17557 0.38 0.25 6-32 x 1/8
8
3/ LSC-3 17508 17559 0.44 0.25 8-32 x 1/8
quality cold finished steel bar stock and zinc plated for cor- 16
1/ LSC-4 17509 17561 0.50 0.31 10-24 x 1/8
rosion resistance and outstanding appearance. Stainless 4
5/ LSC-5 17510 17563 0.62 0.31 10-32 x 3/16
16
steel collars are made from type 303 stainless and include
a stainless steel set screw. All Lovejoy shaft collars use 3/ LSC-6 17511 17565 0.75 0.38 1/ -20 x 3/
8 4 16
7/ LSC-7 17512 17567 0.88 0.44 1/ -20 x 1/
socket cup point set screws for ease of installation and best 16 4 4
1/ LSC-8 17513 17569 1.00 0 44 1/ -20 x 1/
possible holding strength. Made in USA. 2 4 4
9/ LSC-9 17514 17571 1.00 0.44 1/ -20 x 1/
16 4 4
5/ LSC-10 17515 17573 1.12 0.50 5/ -18 x 1/
8 16 4
11/ LSC-11 17516 17575 1.25 0.56 5/ -18 x 1/

16 16 4
3/ LSC-12 17517 17577 1.25 0.56 5/ -18 x 1/
4 16 4
13/ LSC-13 17518 17579 1.25 0.56 5/ -18 x 1/
16 16 4
7/ LSC-14 17519 17581 1.50 0.56 5/ -18 x 5/
8 16 16
15/ LSC-15 17520 17583 1.50 0.56 5/ -24 x 1/
16 16 4
1 LSC-16 17521 17585 1.50 0.62 5/ -24 x 1/

16 4
11/16 LSC-17 17522 17587 1.75 0.62 5/ -18 x 5/
16 16
11/8 LSC-18 17523 17589 1.75 0.62 5/ -18 x 5/
16 16
13/16 LSC-19 17524 17591 2.00 0.69 3/ -16 x 3/
8 8
11/4 LSC-20 17525 17593 2.00 0.69 3/ -16 x 3/
8 8
15/16 LSC-21 17526 17595 2.12 0.69 3/ -16 x 3/

8 8
13/8 LSC-22 17527 17597 2.12 0.75 3/ -16 x 3/
8 8
17/16 LSC-23 17528 17599 2.25 0.75 3/ -16 x 3/
8 8
11/2 LSC-24 17529 17601 2.25 0.75 3/ -16 x 3/
8 8
19/16 LSC-25 17530 17603 2.50 0.81 3/ -16 x 3/
8 8
15/8 LSC-26 17531 17605 2.50 0.81 3/ -16 x 3/

8 8
111/16 LSC-27 17532 17607 2.50 0.81 3/ -16 x 3/
8 8
13/4 LSC-28 17533 17609 2.63 0.88 1/ -13 x 1/
2 2
113/16 LSC-29 17534 17611 2.75 0.88 1/ -13 x 1/
2 2
17/8 LSC-30 17535 17613 2.75 0.88 1/ -13 x 1/
2 2
115/16 LSC-31 17536 17615 3.00 0.88 1/ -13

2 x 1/2
2 LSC-32 17537 17617 3.00 0.88 1/ -13 x 1/2
2
21/16 LSC-33 17538 ..... 3.00 0.88 1/ -13
2 x 1/2
21/8 LSC-34 17539 17621 3.00 0.88 1/ -13
2 x 1/2
23/16 LSC-35 17540 ..... 3.25 0.94 1/ -13 x 1/2
SP
2
21/4 LSC-36 17541 17625 3.25 0.94 1/ -13

2 x 1/2
25/16 LSC-37 17542 ..... 3.25 0.94 1/ -13
2 x 1/2
23/8 LSC-38 17543 17629 3.25 0.94 1/ -13
2 x 1/2
27/16 LSC-39 17544 ..... 3.50 1.00 1/ -13
2 x 1/2
21/2 LSC-40 17545 17633 3.50 1.00 1/ -13
2 x 1/2
29/16 LSC-41 17546 ..... 3.75 1.00 1/ -13

2 x 1/2
25/8 LSC-42 17547 ..... 4.00 1.12 1/ -13
2 x 1/2
211/16 LSC-43 17548 ..... 4.00 1.12 1/ -13
2 x 1/2
23/4 LSC-44 17549 ..... 4.00 1.12 1/ -13
2 x 1/2
213/16 LSC-45 17550 ..... 4.00 1.12 1/ -13

2 x 1/2
27/8 LSC-46 17551 ..... 4.00 1.12 1/ -13
2 x 1/2
215/16 LSC-47 17552 ..... 4.00 1.12 1/ -13
2 x 1/2
3 LSC-48 17553 ..... 4.00 1.12 1/ -13 x 1/2
2
Notes: 1. When referencing the Lovejoy UPC number, include 685144 as a

prefix to the number shown in the chart above.
2. Bore Tolerance LSC-2 through LSC-16,+.003-.000 Bore Tolerance
LSC-17 through LSC-48,+.003-.001
SP-23
Selection &
Shaft Collars Dimensional Data

One-piece
Collar Bore Item (UPC) OD Width Clamp
Lovejoy one-piece split shaft collars are designed to fully Size in Number in in Screw
engage the shaft without marring or causing other shaft SC1-2 1/
8 63200 11/
16
5/
16 4-40 x .375
damage. Collars are made from the highest quality bar SC1-3 3/
16 63201 11/
16
5/
16 4-40 x .375
SC1-4 1/
4 63202 11/
16
5/
16 4-40 x .375
stock steel and are black oxide finished for corrosion resist-
SC1-5 5/
16 63203 11/
16
5/
16 4-40 x .375
ance and outstanding appearance. All Lovejoy shaft collars
SC1-6 3/
8 63204 7/
8
3/
8 6-32 x .375
use socket cup point set screws for ease of installation and
SC1-7 7/
16 63205 15/
16
3/
8 6-32 x .375
best possible holding strength.
SC1-8 1/
2 63206 11/8 3/
8 6-32 x .375
SC1-9 9/
16 63207 15/16 13/
32 8-32 x .500
Other features include:
SC1-10 5/
8 63208 15/16 7/
16 10-32 x .500
Equally effective on both hard and soft shafts.
SC1-11 11/
16 63209 11/2 1/
2 10-32 x .500
Made of 12L14 Mild Steel
SC1-12 3/
4 63210 11/2 1/
2
1/ -28 x .625
4
Hex Socket, Cup Point, 3A Thread Screws
SC1-13 13/
16 63211 15/8 1/
2
1/ -28 x .625
4
Made in the U.S.A.
SC1-14 7/
8 63212 15/8 1/
2
1/ -28 x .625
4
Tolerances:
SC1-15 15/
16 63213 13/4 1/
2
1/ -28 x .625
4
Bore Diameter - +.003, -.000 in SC1-16 1 63214 13/4 1/ 1/ -28 x .625
2 4
Outside Diameter - +.000, -.015 in SC1-17 11/16 63215 17/8 1/ 1/ -28 x .625
2 4
Width - + .015 in SC1-18 11/8 63216 17/8 1/
2
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC1-19 13/16 63217 21/16 1/
2
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC1-20 11/4 63218 21/16 1/
2
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC1-21 15/16 63219 21/4 9/
16
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC1-22 13/8 63220 21/4 9/
16
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC1-23 17/16 63221 21/4 9/
16
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC1-24 11/2 63222 23/8 9/
16
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC1-25 19/16 63223 23/8 9/
16
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC1-26 15/8 63224 25/8 11/
16
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC1-27 111/16 63225 23/4 11/
16
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC1-28 13/4 63226 23/4 11/
16
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC1-30 17/8 63227 27/8 11/
16
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC1-31 115/16 63228 3 5/
8
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC1-32 2 63229 3 11/
16
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC1-34 21/8 63230 31/4 3/
4
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC1-35 23/16 63231 31/4 3/
4
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SP
SC1-36 21/4 63232 31/4 3/

4
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC1-38 23/8 63233 31/2 3/
4
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC1-39 27/16 63234 31/2 3/
4
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC1-40 21/2 63235 33/4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC1-42 25/8 63236 37/8 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC1-43 211/16 63237 4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC1-44 23/4 63238 4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC1-46 27/8 63239 41/4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC1-47 215/16 63240 41/4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC1-48 3 63241 41/4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
Note: When referencing the Lovejoy item (UPC) number, include 685144 as a
SP-24
Selection &
Shaft Collars Dimensional Data

Two-piece
Collar Bore Item (UPC) OD Width Clamp
Lovejoy two-piece split shaft collars are designed to fully engage Size in Number in in Screw
the shaft without marring or causing other shaft damage. Two piece SC2-2 1/
8 63242 11/
16
5/
16 4-40 x .375
collars are easily installed without the need for major disassembly, SC2-3 3/
16 63243 11/
16
5/
16 4-40 x .375
saving both man-hours and machine downtime. SC2-4 1/
4 63244 11/
16
5/
16 4-40 x .375
SC2-5 5/
16 63245 11/
16
5/
16 4-40 x .375
Collars are made from the highest quality bar stock steel and black SC2-6 3/
8 63246 7/
8
3/
8 6-32 x .375
oxide finished for corrosion resistance and outstanding appearance. SC2-7 7/
16 63247 15/
16
3/
8 6-32 x .375
All Lovejoy shaft collars use socket cup point set screws for ease of SC2-8 1/
2 63248 11/8 3/
8 6-32 x .375
installation and best possible holding strength. Contact customer SC2-9 9/
16 63249 15/16 13/
32 8-32 x .500
service for price and availability. SC2-10 5/
8 63250 15/16 7/
16 10-32 x .500
SC2-11 11/
16 63251 11/2 1/
2 10-32 x .500
Other features include: SC2-12 3/
4 63252 11/2 1/
2
1/ -28 x .625
4
Equally effective on both hard and soft shafts. SC2-13 13/

16 63253 15/8 1/
2
1/ -28 x .625
4
Made in the U.S.A. SC2-14 7/

8 63254 15/8 1/
2
1/ -28 x .625
4
Made of 12L14 Mild Steel SC2-15 15/

16 63255 13/4 1/
2
1/ -28 x .625
4
Hex Socket, Cup Point, 3A Thread Screws SC2-16 1 63256 13/4 1/

2
1/ -28 x .625
4
Tolerances:
SC2-17 11/16 63257 17/8 1/
2
1/ -28 x .625
4
SC2-18 11/8 63258 17/8 1/ 1/ -28 x .750
Bore Diameter - +.003, -.000 in 2 4
SC2-19 13/16 63259 21/16 1/
2
1/ -28 x .750
4
Outside Diameter - +.000, -.015 in
SC2-20 11/4 63260 21/16 1/ 1/ -28 x .750
Width - + .015 in 2 4
SC2-21 15/16 63261 21/4 9/
16
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC2-22 13/8 63262 21/4 9/
16
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC2-23 17/16 63263 21/4 9/
16
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC2-24 11/2 63264 23/8 9/
16
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC2-25 19/16 63265 23/8 9/
16
1/ -28 x .750
4
SC2-26 15/8 63266 25/8 11/
16
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC2-27 111/16 63267 23/4 11/
16
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC2-28 13/4 63268 23/4 11/
16
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC2-30 17/8 63269 27/8 11/
16
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC2-31 115/16 63270 3 5/
8
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC2-32 2 63271 3 11/
16
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC2-34 21/8 63272 31/4 3/
4
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC2-35 23/16 63273 31/4 3/
4
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SP
SC2-36 21/4 63274 31/4 3/
4
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC2-38 23/8 63275 31/2 3/
4
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC2-39 27/16 63276 31/2 3/
4
5/ -24 x 1.000
16
SC2-40 21/2 63277 33/4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC2-42 25/8 63278 37/8 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC2-43 211/16 63279 4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC2-44 23/4 63280 4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC2-46 27/8 63281 41/4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC2-47 215/16 63282 41/4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
SC2-48 3 63283 41/4 7/
8
3/ -24 x 1.250
8
Note: When referencing the Lovejoy item (UPC) number, include 685144 as a
SP-25
Specialty Couplings
SP
SP-26
Torsional Couplings
T-1
Torsional Couplings
Torsional Couplings
The Lovejoy Torsional Family of couplings solve torsional vibration
problems typical of those found in diesel engine applications. The
Torsional coupling dampens torsional vibrations and tunes the system to
have critical speeds outside the operating range. Lovejoy application
engineers can analyze the application with their computer program and
determine the exact coupling needed for most any application.
The LF family is a rubber-in-compression coupling designed for a wide

variety of applications such as generators, pumps, compressors, front
power take-off, etc. The largest size, the LF600, can carry up to 70,800
in lb of torque. A range of stiffnesses are available to provide tuning
capability for most any application. The inertia of the driver and the
driven will determine the required stiffness. The LF is one of the most
versatile couplings available in that it can be adapted to many configura- The Torsional couplings are designed primarily to fit standard
tions such as shaft-to-shaft, engine flywheel mounts, or floating shaft. It installations such as those specified by SAE. Lovejoy has design and
not only provides torsional protection, but also absorbs shock loads and application engineers with many years of experience to custom design a
can tolerate misalignment. Torsional coupling to fit special applications. We can solve torsional
vibration problems. Also, if necessary, our engineers can analyze
For direct-mounted, diesel-driven hydraulic pumps, the LF coupling in coupling failures. Fax application data to Lovejoy Engineering at
Hytrel® and a LK coupling are available. These are very stiff couplings 630-852-2120 or send e-mail to appleng@lovejoy-inc.com.
designed to shift critical speeds well above the operating range. When
the inertia of the driven (hydraulic pump or pumps) is small compared to
Table of Contents
that of the driver (the diesel engine), a stiff coupling such as the LF
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T-2
Hytrel or LK is required. Hydraulic pump drives are a fast growing
LF Torsional Family Coupling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T-3
segment of the market, particularly in smaller diesel engine drives.
LK Torsional Family Coupling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T-27
Applications include crawler tractors, manlifts, compactors, skid steer
Pump Mounting Plates and Housings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T-30
loaders, excavators, and lift trucks. Both the LF Hytrel and the LK have
LM Torsional Family Coupling System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .T-38
many thousands of hours of successful service in a wide variety of
applications around the world
T
T-2
Torsional Couplings
The LF Torsional Coupling System Overview
The Lovejoy LF Torsional coupling system consists of six basic models LF Torsional couplings provide:
or configurations. Each model is designed to satisfy user requirements in
a particular area of application and is available in a wide range of torque • Extensive experience in tough power transmission applications
sizes (90-70,800 in. Lbs.). Flexible elements of various materials and
durometer hardness may be substituted for each other in each size with- • Wide range of standard designs and materials
out complicated and uneconomical changes in coupling hardware or
design. No other coupling design has achieved this versatility and • Application engineering
economy from common components.
• Reliable and cost effective solutions
The LF Torsional coupling system has readily available solutions for user
requirements of misalignment, installation environmental conditions (cor- • Worldwide service and distribution network
rosives, temperature, etc.), torsional vibration dampening, noise reduc-
tion, reliability, reaction force reduction and more.
LF Torsional couplings recognize the three essential requirements that a

coupling must fulfill:
1. Reliable transmission of power

2. Quick and economical installation
3. Protection of the coupled equipment from dangerous torsional
vibrations, reaction forces and misalignment
Application engineering and experienced customer service support the

Lovejoy line of LF Torsional couplings. Lovejoy application engineers
routinely administer computer analysis of potential torsional problems
in drive systems. The considerable advantages of the LF Torsional
coupling, as well as the service offered by our application engineers, has
led to wide use of this coupling.
The L-Loc spline-clamping hub described in more detail in this catalog

virtually eliminates spline shaft profile wear and “fretting.”
T
The LF Torsional coupling is one of the leading couplings in the field of
hydrostatic drives in rugged off-road construction equipment.
T-3
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Family Coupling System
Characteristics and Benefits of Torsional Couplings

The basic component of the LF Torsional coupling is the unique and highly versatile elastomeric element. This ele-
ment can be easily mounted in a number of different ways according to the application, and without special design
changes or complex hardware modifications. The element, which is available in different materials for optimum
performance, is connected to a cylindrical hub with radial screws and then to a flanged hub by axial screws. This
unique coupling design is remarkably simple, highly effective, and gives the LF Torsional coupling unmatched
performance capabilities.
Unique Features:
• Free end float (Type S)
• Substantial shock, vibration, and misalignment capabilities
• Fail-safe operation
• Coupling allows “blind” connection of equipment
• High-speed capabilities
• Economic design
• Application versatility
• Low weight, low moment of inertia
• Free from noise and electrically insulating
• No lubrication, maintenance free
• Oil, heat, and corrosion resistant elements (Hytrel®, Zytel®)
• Easy to disconnect driver and driven without moving equipment or coupling hub
• Unique “air flow” design assists in keeping components cool during operation
• Short profile for tight engine housing, or shaft-to-shaft requirements
• Easily assembled, no special bands, tools or time consuming assembly procedures
• Professional application assistance and expertise worldwide
• Torque transmission does not exert harmful reaction loads on equipment
• Various element materials for variation in torsional stiffness and environmental resistance
T
T-4
Torsional Couplings
Shown on this and the next page are the standard LF Torsional coupling models. The simple, unique design of the LF Torsional coupling permits this wide
range of models, from common components, to meet each application requirement. From hot engine flywheel housing or the long corrosive span of a cooling
tower, Lovejoy has the optimum LF Torsional coupling model available for your application.
Model O and O/S

The heart of the LF Torsional coupling is the flexible element. This model
is easily mounted to the customer's application designs or customer
provided shaft hubs. No bands, special tools, or contoured element
clamping flanges are necessary. This model allows the customer to
make his own shaft hubs from readily available steel bar stock. Ideal for
quick prototype testing, retrofit and high volume applications. Model O/S
permits the driver and driven equipment to be quickly “blind” assembled
and allows for free end float. Available in various materials: High-
Temperature Rubber (HTR), Neoprene (CR) and hardness:
50, 60, 70, and 75 shore durometer.
Model O and O/S
Model 1 and 1/S

Consists of the standard flexible element (Model 0) with a simple steel
cylindrical hub. This satisfies the application requirements for mounting
directly to engine flywheels, pulleys, brake discs, friction clutches,
universal joints and gears. The cylindrical hub is available in a range of
bores (Standard ANSI, DIN, JIS) fractional, decimal, metric, spline and
custom.
Model 1/S is shown with the S-style axial screw (similar to a dowel) for
quick blind assembly of the drive package. The same element
combinations available in Model 1 are also available in the Model 1/S.
Model 1 and 1/S
T
Model 2 and 2/S
Provides a complete shaft-to-shaft coupling in a range of sizes for all
industrial power transmission applications. It is similar to Model 1 shown
above, except a flanged hub is added to make the shaft to shaft
connection.
Model 2/S allows the drive package to be “blind” connected. As with all
S-style models, free axial end float of equipment shafts is accomplished
without harmful push-pull force.
Model 2 and 2/S
T-5
Torsional Couplings
Model 3 and 3/S

A Model 1 or 1/S, with the addition of an engine flywheel mounting plate,
becomes a Model 3 or 3/S. It is available in many standard SAE flywheel
sizes (see page 18) as well as made-to-order sizes. Special mounting
requirements are easily and economically accomplished. The standard
cylindrical hub is available in a variety of ANSI (SAE), DIN, JIS spline
bores for hydraulic pumps and other applications. As with the previous
models, various standard flexible element materials are ready for
specific torsional, misalignment and environmental requirements.
Model 3 and 3/S
Model 4
Similar to Model 3/S, this model consists of a cylindrical hub for shaft
mounting and a high performance Hytrel® element, which is pilot-
mounted to a cast alloy SAE flywheel adapter plate machined to SAE
J620 specifications. Model 4 features a thin coupling profile for tight
engine housing/pump or compressor application requirements. This is a
reliable solution for problems of torsional resonance and performance in
hot, oily environments.
Model 4
Model 6, 6/S, 6B
Floating shafts are available in customer specified assembly length, with
T
special corrosion and heat resistant elements and materials. This model
surpasses all other floating shaft designs in assembly, simplicity and
reliability. Model 6/S accommodates free endplay without harmful push-
pull reaction forces. Model 6B is a highly elastic floating shaft coupling
with accurate, maintenance- free centering flanges for applications with
long spans and high misalignment and/or speed requirements.
Model 6B
Model 6 Model 6S
T-6
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Flexible Elements
The focus of any coupling is the flexible elements; the "working component." This is the part that must effectively absorb the shock loads, misalignment forces,
torsional vibrations and the abuse of environmental conditions. It must be reliable, economical and not harmful to the connected equipment. It is virtually
impossible for one single element material, or coupling configuration, to satisfy all these user requirements. That's why we use different materials for our
flexible elements. Optimum and reliable performance is the result of the unique LF Torsional coupling design, which permits easy adaptation and assembly to
any application.
Rubber (HTR and CR)

There are two different element materials available. Both are classified under the heading of
rubber elements: Natural rubber (HTR) and one synthetic rubber element of Neoprene (CR). Both
are torsionally soft and are placed into compression during assembly. Rubber in compression can
carry up to five times the amount of torque, as compared to non-compressed elements. The
rubber LF Torsional elements effectively accommodate shock, misalignment, and vibration and
do not exert harmful radial and axial forces on the connected equipment. Each rubber element
material is available in various durometer hardness (Shore A Scale) of 50, 60, 70 and 75 for
particular torsional vibration requirements. The synthetic rubber elements are primarily used in
environments that are hostile to natural rubber and can operate in a temperature range of -40°F to
+175°F. Natural rubber (HTR) elements have an operating range of -40°F to +194°F. Consult
Lovejoy Engineering for higher temperature requirements.
Hytrel® Elements (HY)

LF Torsional elements made of DuPont’s Hytrel® elastomer compound. These elements are tor-
sionally much stiffer than natural rubber—about 20 times stiffer—and were developed for use
primarily in combustion engine/hydraulic pump applications. These applications usually require
reliable coupling performance in hot, oily environments. Hytrel® elements have 20% greater torque
capacity compared to rubber elements and operate efficiently in the temperature range of -60°F to
+250°F. The Torsional coupling with the Hytrel® element places the harmful vibration resonance
frequency above the operating RPM range of the power package. The unique element design also
T
reduces harmful axial reactionary forces.
Zytel® Elements (X)

This element is extremely rugged and made of Dupont’s highly stressable Zytel® elastomeric
compound. Zytel® has excellent resistance to most chemical attacks and corrosion. Operational
temperature range is -40°F to +300 °F without derating. This element composition is torsionally
about three times stiffer than the Hytrel® elements. Maximum angular misalignment is 1°. Zytel®
(X) elements exhibit less than 1° wind up at nominal torque and zero backlash. With more torque
carrying capacity, compared to Hytrel®, this element is particularly suited for applications where
heat, moisture, high torque/high speed and corrosion resistance are important factors in coupling
selection.
T-7
Torsional Couplings
L-Loc Spline Shaft Clamping Feature
For years, spline shaft profile distortion and fretting were a major problem for hydraulic pump manufacturers. Now Lovejoy offers a simple solution: L-Loc.
It is well known that normal manufacturing tolerances between the spline shaft and its mating spline coupling hub create unavoidable play. This play permits
minor movements between the components. Compounding this tolerance related movement is misalignment and the hammering forces during power
transmission. Eventually, spline profile distortion occurs, even with shafts and hubs of high quality hardened steel. When spline distortion and wear occur, a
decrease in pump efficiency results, and abnormal stresses are placed on seals, bearings and other engine/pump components. Equipment operation may
become sluggish; horsepower and fuel is wasted. Premature maintenance or even failure of the shaft or other components may result.
It appeared that the only way to eliminate spline distortion and wear was to eliminate the backlash and clearance related to mating tolerances and assembly
misalignment, however, this became expensive, time consuming, and was for the most part unsuccessful.
The Torsional coupling with the L-Loc spline-clamping hub can dampen harmful torsional vibrations, compensate for assembly misalignments and dramatically
inhibit spline profile distortion.
T
This unique design is remarkably simple and effective. The design of L-Loc consists of a unique slot that is placed slightly above and parallel to the spline
bore. Two set screws are fitted perpendicularly into this slot. As the set screws are torqued, this spline shaft is "wrapped" with a clamping force around its
entire profile.
The hub becomes firmly locked around the spline shaft, and the set screws never touch the spline profile. No dents, no gouges, no burrs, no hammering on
and off “shrink fits” occur. The hub and shaft are absolutely free from play; a single assembly. By loosening the set screw, the clamping force is removed.
L-Loc Benefits
• Eliminates premature spline shaft maintenance or replacement
• Reduces stress on equipment components
• Quick assembly and removal
• Maintains equipment efficiency
• Reduces equipment noise
T-8
Torsional Couplings
Torsional Coupling Selection for Internal Combustion Engine Applications
When correctly sized and selected, the Lovejoy Torsional coupling will effectively dampen vibration and tune critical frequencies out of the operating range of
systems driven by diesel, gasoline or natural gas reciprocating engines. But to make sure the coupling will do its job as intended, the selection should be veri-
fied with a torsional vibration analysis of the system.
Misapplication of the coupling in an engine application frequently leads to coupling

failure or system damage. For these applications, we strongly urge that you let
Lovejoy make the coupling selection for you.
We will insure that the correct coupling size and stiffness is selected not only for proper nominal and maximum torque, but also for the elusive factor of
continuous vibratory torque which can otherwise melt or rupture an elastomeric coupling or damage other system components.
Please complete the information worksheet on page 11 and fax it to Lovejoy for selection or you may e-mail us by filling out the version of this
worksheet found on Lovejoy’s web site at www.lovejoy-inc.com. For those confident in their technical abilities and understanding of system torsional
analysis who prefer to make their own coupling selection, we provide the following essential guidelines.
1. Choose a model that suits your drive arrangement using the 3. Peak torque pulses
descriptions of basic models given previously on pages 4 and 5.
The magnitude of the maximum torque pulses that occur during
• Model 3 , 3/S or 4–For mounting directly to standard SAE operation (Tmax ) at all operating temperatures must not exceed the
flywheels. maximum torque rating of the coupling (TKmax). These are short-
duration transient pulses that would result from start-up, shock, or
• Model 2 or 2/S–For shaft-to -shaft applications such as PTOs. acceleration through a system resonance to reach operating
Also, the flanged hub can be modified to adapt to front damper speed. By definition, these pulses may occur over the life of the
pulleys. coupling 105 times in one direction of rotation, or 5 x 104 times
reversing.
• Model 1 or 1/S–For connecting a shaft to a flange or non-
standard flywheel. TKmax ≥ Tmax • St
T
• Model 6–Various different universal floating shaft arrangements
available (see page 21) 4. Determine critical speeds due to resonance
Select coupling stiffness so that the system does not run at high
2. Nominal torque resonance, or in other words, make sure normal running and idle
speeds are not at or near critical speeds.
The nominal torque transmitted though the coupling (TLN ) must be
no more than the nominal torque rating for the coupling (TKN) at Critical speeds are related to the system natural frequency and the
any given operating temperature: number of pulses or excitations generated per revolution i (order).
For analysis, if possible, reduce the application to a 2-mass system
TKN ≥ TLN • St and apply the following equation on next page.
where St is the temperature factor (Fig.1, p.14), and
TLN (in.lb.) = (HP • 63,025)/RPM
T-9
Torsional Couplings
Torsional Selection for Internal Combustion Engine Applications
5. Allowable continuous vibratory torque

60 JA + JL
nR =  CTdyn •  The amplitude of the continuously oscillating (vibratory) torque
generated in the system (TW) must not exceed the coupling’s rating
2π • i JA • JL (TKW) at a particular steady-state frequency (rpm) and temperature.
This torque is superimposed on (co-exists with) the basic load
(TLN).
where TKW ≥ TW • St • Sf
nR = the critical resonance speed of the system (rpm), where
CTdyn = the dynamic torsional stiffness of the coupling TKW = coupling rating for continuously oscillating torque at 10Hz
(lb-in/rad),
and
JA = the mass moment of inertia for the drive side (lb-in-sec2),
Sf = the frequency factor that relates the operating frequency to the
and coupling's 10Hz rating (see Fig. 3, p.15).
JL = the mass moment of inertia for the load side (lb-in-sec2). The magnitude of the continuously oscillating torque (TW) is
dependent on an amplifying factor (V) based on the distance of the
system steady-state operating speed n from the resonance speed
The coupling would be modeled as the spring controlling torsional nR:
oscillations of the engine and flywheel on one side and the driven
equipment on the other: 1
V ≈  (see Fig. 4, p.15).
1-(n/nR)2
JA JL
T
CTdyn
6. Other considerations
Refer to the Performance Data tables, figures, and dimension tables

to make certain final coupling selection meets application
constraints for envelope (O.D., length, bore dimensions, etc.),
maximum speed limitations and allowable misalignment
Use the dynamic torsional stiffness values from the Performance
Data table (p. 13). Mass moment of inertia values may be obtained
from the respective engine and equipment manufacturers.
Generally, system steady-state operating speeds should be 1.5 to

2 times the major critical speed for safe, low-resonance operation.
T-10
Torsional Couplings
Coupling Selection Worksheet for Engine Applications
For systems driven by an internal combustion engine, complete this worksheet and fax it to the Lovejoy engineering department. We will respond with the
proper coupling selection.
Lovejoy Engineering Fax: 800-446-0878

Customer Information
DATE:___________________________________
NAME_____________________________________________________________ COMPANY:___________________________________________________
PHONE____________________________________________________________ FAX: ________________________________________________________
E-MAIL ADDRESS: _______________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ANTICIPATED ORDER QUANTITY/ ANNUAL USAGE: ___________________________________________________________________________________
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF APPLICATION/PROBLEM: ___________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
_______________________________________________________________________________________________________________________________
ENGINE INFORMATION ❐ Diesel Piston Configuration:

Engine Manufacturer:_______________________________ ❐ Gasoline ❐ In-Line
Model Number: ___________________________________ ❐ Natural Gas ❐ Vee Vee Angle:_____
Displacement: ____________________________________ ❐ Other _____________
Rated Horsepower: ________________________________ ❐ 2-Stroke SAE Flywheel Size (J620D):_____
@ Rated Speed: __________________________________ ❐ 4-Stroke (Attach drawing if non-standard)
Operating Speed or Range:__________________________ Number of Cylinders:_______
Idle Speed:_______________________________________ SAE Flywheel Housing Size(J617C):_____
T
DRIVEN EQUIPMENT Shaft Diameter or Spline Information: Driven From:
❐ Compressor ______________________________ ❐ Flywheel
❐ Water Pump ______________________________ ❐ Front PTO
❐ Hydraulic Pump Type of Equipment Mounting: ❐ Other (Explain)____________________
❐ Generator/Alternator ❐ Flange-Mounted to Engine Pilot
❐ Other __________________ ❐ Independent of Engine Ambient Operating Temperature:____°F
Mass Moment Of Inertia (J or WR2) Sketch or Remarks (Attach Additional Sheets if Necessary):
Provide mass-elastic diagram if available
(Please Include Units)
Engine: ____________________
Flywheel:___________________
Driven Equipment: 1. __________________________
2. __________________________
3. __________________________
4. __________________________
T-11
Torsional Couplings
Torsional Coupling Selection for General Industrial Applications
While the LF Torsional coupling was developed to solve the unique problems associated with torsional vibration in equipment driven by internal combustion
engines, the coupling works equally well in general industrial applications. For these electric motor-powered and other non-engine applications, use the
following simple selection procedure (Refer to page 9 for engine-driven applications).
1. Choose a model that suits your drive arrangement using the 3. Choose a service factor from the chart on page 14 for your
descriptions of basic models given previously on pages 4 and 5: application.
• Model 2–Most common for shaft-to-shaft applications. Example: Centrifugal pump fi SF=1.0
• Model 2/S–For shaft-to-shaft applications that require free

end-float or quick, blind “plug-in” assembly. 4. Determine nominal torque requirement for coupling from
application horsepower and speed. Use the actual torque or horse-
• Model 1 or 1/S–or connecting a shaft to a flange or flywheel. power requirement for the driven equipment if known. Otherwise,
use the rated motor horsepower.
• (see page 20 for Model 6 floating shaft applications)
Now, using the Performance Data table, select a coupling size with
a rating equal to or greater than the application torque multiplied by
2. Choose element material consistent with application requirements. the service factor:
Most commonly, the HTR (high-temperature rubber) element is used
for virtue of its high flexibility. This feature provides the previously
mentioned benefits of vibration and shock damping, noise silencing, HP x SF x 63,025
and a high tolerance for misalignment. TKN (in.lb.) ≥ 
SPEED(rpm)
When required, the Zytel® element provides a torsionally rigid
connection yet is still flexible in terms of accommodating small
angular misalignments. Use of the floating-shaft Model 6 version will Example:
allow for parallel misalignment as well. The Zytel® material is also Centrifugal pump using 15 hp at 1750 rpm
very chemical resistant.
(15hp x 1.0 x 63,025)/1750rpm = 540 in.lb.
Please note that the optional Hytrel® element requires almost
⇒ use Torsional size LF8
T
perfect alignment which is unlikely in most applications and is

not recommended, except when used as intended on a flange-
mounted hydraulic pump to an engine flywheel.
5. Other considerations
Refer to the Performance Data tables, figures, and dimension
tables to make certain final coupling selection meets application
constraints for envelope (O.D., length, bore dimensions, etc.), and
maximum speed limitations.
T-12
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Performance Data
ALLOWABLE
MAX CONTINUOUS DYNAMIC TORSIONAL STIFFNESS Ctdyn
NOMINAL MAXIMUM SPEED VIBRATORY RUBBER RUBBER
COUPLING ELEMENT TORQUE TORQUE (RPM) TORQUE 60 SHORE 50 SHORE
SIZE MATERIAL* Tkn TKmax nmax TKW (STANDARD) (OPTIONAL) HYTREL^ ZYTEL
LF1 HTR 90 in-lb 200in-lb 10,000 44in-lb 1240in-lb/rad 800in-lb/rad
10Nm 25Nm 5Nm 140Nm/rad 90Nm/rad
LF2 HTR 180 in-lb 530in-lb 8000 89in-lb 2570in-lb/rad 1600in-lb/rad
ZYTEL 265in-lb 530in-lb 10,000 n/a 55,150in-lb/ra
30Nm 60Nm 6230Nm/rad
LF4 HTR 440in-lb 1100in-lb 7000 180in-lb 7500in-lb/rad 4870in-lb/rad
ZYTEL 530in-lb 1060in-lb 8000 n/a 186,200in-lb/rad
60Nm 120Nm 1650Nm/rad
LF8 HTR 885in-lb 2480in-lb 6500 355in-lb 13,300in-lb/rad 7970in-lb/rad
HYTREL 885in-lb 2480in-lb 6500 n/a 204,000in-lb/rad
100Nm 280Nm 23,000Nm/rad
120Nm 280Nm 46,820Nm/rad
LF12 HTR 1240in-lb 3190in-lb 6500 440in-lb 38,900in-lb/rad 23,900in-lb/rad
140Nm 360Nm 50Nm 4400Nm/rad 2700in-lb/rad
HYTREL 1770in-lb 4960in-lb 5500 n/a 320,000in-lb/rad
200Nm 560Nm 36,000Nm/rad
240Nm 560Nm 74,000Nm/rad
HYTREL 3100in-lb 7740in-lb 5000 n/a 1,060,000in-lb/rad
350Nm 875Nm 120,000Nm/rad
ZYTEL 3275in-lb 7080in-lb 5000 n/a 987,600in-lb/rrad
370Nm 800Nm 111,600Nm/rad
T
LF28 HTR 3700in-lb 10,600in-lb 5000 1330in-lb 106,200in-lb/rad 66,400in-lb/rad
420Nm 1200Nm 150Nm 12,000Nm/rad 7500Nm/rad
HYTREL 4400in-lb 12,400in-lb 4000 n/a 780,000in-lb/rad
500Nm 1400Nm 88,000Nm/rad
ZYTEL 4870in-lb 12,400in-lb 4500 n/a 1,187,000in-lb/rad
550Nm 1400Nm 134,100Nm/rad
700Nm 2100Nm 300Nm 19,000Nm/rad 12,000Nm/rad
HYTREL 7100in-lb 17,700in-lb 4000 n/a 2,300,000in-lb/rad
800Nm 2000Nm 262,000Nm/rad
LF140 HTR 15,000 in-lb 43,400in-lb 3600 6200in-lb 354,000in-lb/rad 234,500in-lb/rad
HYTREL 14,200in-lb 35,400in-lb 3600 n/a 3,900,000in-lb/rad
1600Nm 4000Nm 440,000Nm/rad
LF250 HTR 26,500 in-lb 77,400in-lb 3000 11,000in-lb 592,900in-lb/rad 380,500in-lb/rad
LF400 HTR 44,200in-lb 110,600in-lb 2500 17,700in-lb 1,062,000in-lb/rad 663,700in-lb/rad
5000Nm 12,500Nm 2000Nm 120,000Nm/rad 75,000Nm/rad
* HTR = High Temperature Natural Rubber
^ For Hytrel, dynamic torsional stiffness values are non-linear with respect to torque. Value given is for 100% of nominal torque. Please Call Lovejoy for stiffness at lower torques.
T-13
Torsional Couplings
Torsional LF Performance Data (continued)
MAX. ALLOWABLE MISALIGNMENT** WIND UP (ANGLE OF TWIST)
AXIAL AXIAL @ NOMINAL @ MAXIMUM
CLPG ELEMENT ANGULAR (END FLOAT) (END FLOAT) TORQUE TORQUE STATIC STIFFNESS
SIZE MATERIAL* (DEGREES) PARALLEL STANDARD S-STYLE*** (DEGREES) (DEGREES) AXIAL Ca RADIAL Cr ANGULAR Cw
LF1 HTR 3 .06" +/-.08" +.18"-.08" 6 17 220lb/in 860lb/in 2.66in-lb/deg
1.5mm +/-2mm +4.6mm/-2mm 38N/mm 150N/mm .3Nm/grad
LF2 HTR 3 .06" +/-.12" +.12"/-.12" 6 17 130lb/in 860lb/in 2.66in-lb/deg
1.5mm +/-3mm +3mm/-3mm 22N/mm 150N/mm .3Nm/grad
ZYTEL 1 .004" +/- .02" +.12"/-.02"
.1mm +/- .5mm +3mm/-.5mm
1.5mm +/-3mm +4.3mm/-3mm 75N/mm 500N/mm 2.4Nm/grad
ZYTEL 1 .004" +/- .02" +.17"-.02"
.1mm +/- .5mm +4.3mm/-.5mm
2mm +/-4mm +5mm/-4mm 75N/mm 500N/mm 3.6Nm/grad
HYTREL 0 0 +.12"/-.08" n/a
+3mm/-2mm
ZYTEL 1 .004" +/- .02" +.20"/-.02"
.1mm +/- .5mm +5mm/-.5mm
LF12 HTR 2 .08" +/-.12" +.20"/-.16" 3 7.5 1430lb/in 5710lb/in 80in-lb/deg
LF16 HTR 3 .08" +/-.20" +.23"/-.20" 5 14 570lb/in 2860lb/in 44in-lb/deg
2mm +/-5mm +5.8mm/-5mm 100N/mm 500N/mm 5.0Nm/grad
HYTREL 0 0 +.12"/-.08" n/a
+3mm/-2mm
ZYTEL 1 .004" +/- .02" +.23"/-.02"
.1mm +/- .5mm +5.8mm/-.5mm
HYTREL 0 0 +.12"/-.08" n/a
+3mm/-2mm
ZYTEL 1 .004" +/- .02" +.26"/-.02"
.1mm +/- .5mm +6.6mm/-.5mm
T

HYTREL 0 0 +.12"/-.08" n/a
+3mm/-2mm
ZYTEL 1 .004" +/- .02" +.26"-.02"
.1mm +/- .5mm +6.6mm/-.5mm
LF50 HTR 3 .08" +/-.20" +.26"/-.20" 3 7.5 3700lb/in 12,600lb/in 230in-lb/deg
HYTREL 0 0 +.12"/-.08" n/a
+3mm/-2mm
1.5mm +/-5mm +6.6mm/-3mm 850N/mm 2900N/mm 34.0Nm/grad
LF90 HTR 3 .08" +/-.20" +.34"/-.20" 5 14 1260lb/in 5700lb/in 150in-lb/deg
HYTREL 0 0 +.12"/-.08" n/a
+3mm/-2mm
LF400 HTR 2 .08" +/-.12" 3 7.5 7420lb/in 34,300lb/in 780in-lb/deg
2mm +/-3mm 1300N/mm 6000N/mm 88.0Nm/grad
* HTR = High Temperature Rubber
** Angular and parallel misalignment values are dependent on speed, and for rubber elements, they should be adjusted according to figure 2. Hytrel elements are only for
applications where the driven component is piloted to the driver for essentially perfect alignment (i.e. hydraulic pump flange-mounted to engine flywheel housing)
“*** The “S-Style” design is not constrained axially and thus allows the hubs to move apart without creating axial force on the connected equipment.
Special length S-Style fastener sleeves can further increase the allowable end float.
T-14
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Technical Selection Data
Service Factor Guide Fig. 1

Agitators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0
Beaters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5
Blowers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0-1.25 Fig.1
Can Filling Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0
Car Dumpers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.5 2
Car Pullers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5
Compressors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0-1.25 1.5
St
Reciprocating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .*
Conveyors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0-1.25 1
Live Roll, shaker & Reciprocating . . . . . . . . . . . .3.0
Conveyors (Heavy Duty) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.25-2.5 0.5
Cranes & Hoists . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.0 50 100 150 200
Crushers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .3.0
* HTR only Degrees F
Dredges . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5-2.0
Elevators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5-2.0
Evaporators . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0
Fans . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0-1.5
Fig. 2
Feeders . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0 Permissible Misalignment vs. Speed HTR (Angular &
Reciprocating . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.5 Parallel)
Generators 5000
Zytel (Angular)
Not Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0
Operating Speed
4000
Welding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.0
3000
Hoist . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5
Hammer Mills . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.0 2000
Kilns . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5 1000
Laundry Washers
0
Reversing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.0 0 50 100 150
Line Shafting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5
Percent of Rating for Allowable
Lumber Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.0 Misalignment at TKN
Machine Tools . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5-2.0
Metal Forming Machines . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5-2.5 Fig. 3 Frequency Factor
Mills, Rotary Type . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.0
T
Mixers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5-1.8 Operating Frequency f (Hz) ≤ 10 > 10
Paper Mills Equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2-2.0
Pumps Frequency Factor Sf 1
Centrifugal . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0 f/10
Gear, Rotary or Vane . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.25
Reciprocating 1 Cyl. single . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.0
or double acting Fig. 4 Resonance Factor Vr and Relative
2 Cyl. single acting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.0
Damping Factor
2 Cyl. double acting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.75
3 or more Cyl. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.5
Coupling Element Vr
Rubber Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.0-2.5
Stokers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0 HTR 50 Shore 10 0.6
Textile Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.2 HTR 60 Shore 8 0.78
Windlass . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .2.0 Hytrel — 0.5
Woodworking Machinery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .1.0
Zytel — 0.4
Chemical Resistance Chart (A - Little or no effect; B - Moderate effect; C - Severe effect)

Oils & Hydraulic Fluids Hytrel Zytel Solvents & Fuels Hytrel Zytel Acids & Bases Hytrel Zytel Miscellaneous Hytrel Zytel
Automatic Transmissions A A Gasoline A A Sulfuric Acid (20%) A C Ethylene Glycol * A A,B
Fluid Type A & F A A Nujol, JP4 Kerosene A A Hydrochloric Acid(20%) B C Steam B B
Hydraulic Fluid A A Halocarbons, Freon A A Potassium or Sodium Liquid Ammonia A
Phosophate Ester A A Trichlorethylene C C Hydroxide (20%) A B
Lube Oil A A Carbon Tetrachloride B A
*Additives in antifreeze may attack these elastomers severely.
T-15
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Weights and Mass Moment of Inertia
Weights & Mass Moment Of Inertia For Couplings With Rubber (HTR) Elements
Weight* Inertia*
Model 0 Model 1 Model 1/S Model 2 Model 2/S Model 0 Model 1 Model 1/S Model 2 Model 2/S
Coupling lbs lbs lbs lbs lbs Lb-in2 Lb-in2 Lb-in2 Lb-in2 Lb-in2
Size (kg) (kg) (kg) (kg) (kg) (kg-cm2) (kg-cm2) (kg-cm2) (kg-cm2) (kg-cm2)
0.13 0.46 0.53 1.04 1.08 0.12 0.26 0.29 0.55 0.58
LF1
(0.06) (0.21) (0.24) (0.47) (0.49) (0.35) (0.75) (0.86) (1.60) (1.70)
0.33 1.01 1.08 2.34 2.40 0.43 0.85 1.13 2.5 2.8
LF2
(0.15) (0.46) (0.49) (1.06) (1.09) (1.25) (2.5) (3.3) (7.3) (8.1)
0.46 2.89 1.54 5.09 3.75 1.13 1.71 2.22 3.9 4.4
LF4
(0.21) (1.31) (0.70) (2.31) (1.70) (3.3) (5.0) (6.5) (11.3) (12.8)
0.71 2.98 3.17 7.61 7.80 2.39 5.13 6.36 14.0 15.2
LF8
(0.32) (1.35) (1.44) (3.45) (3.54) (7.0) (15.0) (18.6) (41.0) (44.6)
0.77 3.20 3.44 7.83 8.07 2.87 6.22 6.83 15.1 15.8
LF12
(0.35) (1.45) (1.56) (3.55) (3.66) (8.4) (18.2) (20.0) (44.2) (46.1)
1.43 5.03 5.14 13.58 13.69 8.00 14.5 16.8 40.6 42.9
LF16
(0.65) (2.28) (2.33) (6.16) (6.21) (23.4) (42.5) (49.1) (118.8) (125.4)
1.54 5.56 5.78 14.15 14.59 9.09 17.2 24.0 43.2 50.0
LF22
(0.70) (2.52) (2.62) (6.42) (6.62) (26.6) (50.4) (70.2) (126.5) (146.3)
1.85 7.91 8.31 20.53 20.92 17.2 31.0 35.1 73.5 77.6
LF25
(0.84) (3.59) (3.77) (9.31) (9.49) (50.2) (90.7) (102.7) (215.0) (227.0)
2.09 8.36 8.93 20.97 21.52 19.0 35.0 38.7 84.7 88.3
LF28
(0.95) (3.79) (4.05) (9.51) (9.76) (55.6) (102.4) (113.2) (247.8) (258.5)
3.15 12.48 13.27 33.53 34.33 34.9 68.3 75.3 186.4 193.4
LF30
(1.43) (5.66) (6.02) (15.21) (15.57) (102.0) (200.0) (220.4) (545.5) (565.9)
3.53 13.32 14.33 34.39 35.38 35.5 70.1 86.6 188.1 204.7
LF50
(1.60) (6.04) (6.50) (15.60) (16.05) (104.0) (205.0) (253.4) (550.5) (598.9)
4.63 15.10 15.98 36.60 37.48 45.0 82.1 90.2 200.1 208.1
LF80
(2.10) (6.85) (7.25) (16.60) (17.00) (131.8) (240.3) (263.9) (585.5) (609.1)
7.28 25.46 26.96 63.21 64.71 153.8 224.7 259.4 557.0 591.8
LF90
(3.30) (11.55) (12.23) (28.67) (29.35) (450.0) (657.5) (759.2) (1630.1) (1731.8)
8.05 27.18 29.15 64.93 66.93 195.5 263.1 298.3 595.5 630.7
LF140
(3.65) (12.33) (13.22) (29.45) (30.36) (572.0) (770.0) (873.0) (1742.6) (1845.6)
15.65 41.84 44.11 97.93 100.18 599.4 821.5 864.2 1798.8 1841.5
LF250
(7.10) (18.98) (20.01) (44.42) (45.44) (1754.0) (2404.0) (2529.0) (5264.0) (5389.0)
24.80 58.60 64.68 126.17 132.17 1155.0 1532.6 1600.3 3119.9 3187.9
LF400
(11.25) (26.58) (29.34) (57.23) (59.95) (3380.0) (4485.0) (4683.0) (9130.0) (9329.0)
T
For Couplings With Hytrel (HY) Elements For Couplings With Zytel (X) Elements
Weight Inertia Weight Inertia
Model 1 Model 2 Model 4 Model 1 Model 2 Model 4 Model 0/0S Model 1/1S Model 2/2S Model 0/0S Model 1/1S Model 2/2S
Coupling lbs lbs lbs Lb-in2 Lb-in2 Lb-in2 Coupling lbs lbs lbs Lb-in2 Lb-in2 Lb-in2
Size (kg) (kg) (kg) (kg-cm2) (kg-cm2) (kg-cm2) Size (kg) (kg) (kg) (kg-cm2) (kg-cm2) (kg-cm2)
2.87 6.83 6.57 15.46 0.2 0.9 2.2 0.42 0.62 2.26
LF8HY — — LF2X
(1.30) (3.10) (76.9) (181.0) (0.1) (0.4) (1.0) (1.23) (1.81) (6.61)
5.07 10.58 17.65 43.74 0.3 2.8 5.0 0.90 1.24 3.40
LF16HY — — LF4X
(2.30) (4.80) (206.6) (512.0) (0.1) (1.3) (2.3) (2.63) (3.63) (9.95)
11.46 29.32 14.33 68.4 186.5 150.3 (SAE 10) 0.6 3.3 7.7 3.6 5.0 13.9
LF30HY LF8X
(5.20) (13.30) (6.50) (800.7) (2183.2) (1759.4) (0.3) (1.5) (3.5) (10.5) (14.6) (40.7)
12.35 30.20 15.43 80.5 198.7 197.4 (SAE 11.5) 1.0 4.6 13.1 9.4 12.5 38.6
LF50HY LF16X
(5.60) (13.70) (7.00) (942.3) (2326.0) (2310.8) (0.5) (2.1) (5.9) (27.5) (36.6) (113.0)
17.20 1.5 8.0 20.1 17.2 24.7 67.1
LF110HY — — — — — LF25X
(7.80) (0.7) (3.6) (9.1) (50.3) (72.3) (196.4)
26.46 63.93 31.97 287.6 620.0 2.5 11.8 32.8 41.7 60.8 178.9
LF140HY — LF30X
(12.00) (29.00) (14.50) (3366.6) (7257.7) (1.1) (5.4) (14.9) (122.0) (177.9) (523.5)
* Note: To Obtain Weight of Model-3

SAE Flywheel Adapter Plates (3/16" thick) 1. Select weight of Flywheel Plate (from chart at left)
2. Select weight of Model-1 or 1/S Coupling (from chart above)
SAE Size (J620) 6.5 7.5 8 10 11.5 14
3. Add Flywheel Plate and Coupling Weight Together
Weight lbs. 206 3.4 4.1 6 7.7 12.8
Weight (kg) (1.2) (1.5) (1.9) (2.7) 3.5) (5.8)
Inertia Lb-in2 26 42 60 122 193 589 Note: To Obtain Inertia of Model-3
Inertia (kg-cm2) (76) (123) (176) (357) (565) (1724) 1. Select Inertia of Flywheel Plate (from chart at left)
2. Select Inertia of Model-1 or 1/S Coupling (from chart above)
3. Add Flywheel Plate and Coupling Inertia Together
T-16
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Dimensions
Model 0, Rubber Model 0, Hytrel® Model 0, Zytel®
T
Model 1, Rubber Model 1, Hytrel® Model 1, Zytel®
Dimensions For Basic Models (inches)

Coupling Bore B1 Bore B2 OD FOD ET OAL L1
Size Min Max Min Max HTR HY ZY HTR HY ZY HTR HY ZY
LF1 0.31 0.63 0.31 0.88 2.20 — — 2.20 0.94 — — 1.97 1.02 — —
LF2 0.44 0.88 0.50 1.38 3.35 — 3.48 3.35 0.94 — 0.94 2.36 1.26 — 1.26
LF4 0.47 1.00 0.63 1.75 3.94 — 3.94 3.94 1.10 — 0.98 2.52 1.34 — 1.28
LF8 0.50 1.38 0.75 2.00 4.72 4.92 4.92 4.72 1.26 1.34 1.18 3.46 1.81 1.89 1.77
LF12 0.50 1.38 0.75 2.00 4.80 — — 4.72 1.26 — — 3.46 1.81 — —
LF16 0.63 1.63 0.81 3.63 5.91 6.10 6.10 5.91 1.65 1.69 1.38 4.17 2.20 2.28 2.08
LF22 0.63 1.63 0.81 3.63 5.91 — — 5.91 1.65 — — 4.17 2.20 — —
LF25 0.63 2.13 0.81 2.75 6.69 7.17 6.89 6.69 1.81 1.85 1.57 4.57 2.40 2.44 2.28
LF28 0.63 2.13 0.81 2.75 6.69 — — 6.69 1.81 — — 4.57 2.40 — —
LF30 0.81 2.44 1.00 3.75 7.87 8.07 8.07 7.87 2.28 2.28 1.97 5.51 2.91 2.99 2.79
LF50 0.81 2.44 1.00 3.75 7.87 8.07 — 7.87 2.28 2.28 — 5.51 2.91 2.99 —
LF80 0.81 2.44 1.00 3.75 8.07 — — 7.87 2.56 — — 5.51 2.97 — —
LF90 1.19 3.13 1.19 4.25 10.24 — — 10.24 2.76 — — 6.61 3.46 — —
LF140 1.19 3.13 1.19 4.25 10.24 10.63 — 10.24 2.76 2.28 — 6.61 3.46 3.46 —
LF250 1.63 4.25 1.63 5.00 13.38 10.63 — 13.38 3.34 4.06 — 8.18 4.25 4.06 —
LF400 1.63 4.75 1.63 5.50 14.57 — — 14.57 4.13 — — 10.24 5.31 — —
T-17
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Dimensions
Model 1S, Rubber Model 2, Rubber Model 2/S, Rubber

T
Model 2, Hytrel® Model 2, Zytel®
Dimensions For Basic Models Continued (inches)

LTB HD FD FT BE S** ER* R BC/Division T TS TL Coupling
(+/-0.11) HTR HY ZY Size
0.94 1.18 1.44 0.27 0.08 — 0.87 0.43 1.73 2@180° M6 0.39 — - 0.28 LF1
1.10 1.57 2.17 0.31 0.16 — 0.79 0.39 2.68 2@180° M8 0.55 — 0.59 0.31 LF2
1.18 1.77 2.56 0.31 0.16 — 0.94 0.47 3.15 3@120° M8 0.55 — 0.59 0.31 LF4
1.65 2.36 3.15 0.39 0.16 0.79 1.10 0.55 3.94 3@120° M10 0.67 — 0.75 0.39 LF8
1.65 2.36 3.15 0.39 0.16 — 1.10 0.55 3.94 4@90° M11 0.67 — — 0.39 LF12
1.97 2.76 3.94 0.47 0.24 1.02 1.42 0.71 4.92 3@120° M12 0.75 — 0.86 0.47 LF16
1.97 2.76 3.94 0.47 0.24 — 1.42 0.71 4.92 4@90° M12 0.75 — — 0.47 LF22
2.16 3.35 4.53 0.55 0.24 1.06 1.57 0.79 5.51 3@120° M14 0.86 — 0.98 0.55 LF25
2.16 3.35 4.53 0.55 0.24 — 1.57 0.79 5.51 4@90° M14 0.86 — — 0.55 LF28
2.60 3.94 5.51 0.63 0.31 1.38 1.97 0.98 6.50 3@120° M16 0.98 — 1.18 0.63 LF30
2.60 3.94 5.51 0.63 0.31 1.38 1.99 0.98 6.50 4@90° M16 0.98 — — 0.63 LF50
2.81 3.94 5.51 0.63 0.16 — 2.40 1.20 6.50 4@90° M16 0.98 — — 0.63 LF80
3.15 4.92 6.30 0.75 0.31 — 2.44 1.22 8.46 3@120° M20 1.26 — — 0.79 LF90
3.15 4.92 6.30 0.75 0.31 1.30 2.44 1.22 8.46 4@90° M20 1.26 — — 0.79 LF140
3.94 6.30 7.68 0.75 0.31 — 3.03 0.89/2.15 11.02 4@90° M20 1.26 — — 0.79 LF250
4.92 6.69 7.87 0.98 0.39 — 3.74 1.12/2.62 11.81 4@90° M24 1.77 — — 0.98 LF400
*Dimension ER for HTR (rubber) only
**Dimension S for Hytrel only.
T-18
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Flywheel Couplings
Model 3, Rubber Model 3/S, Rubber Model 3, Hytrel®
T
Model 3 and 3/S, Zytel® Model 4, Hytrel®
Damper Couplings
The damper coupling (sometimes referred to as the
intermediate coupling) is used with U-Joint and Cardan
shafts to eliminate torsional vibrations from the diesel
engine being transmitted to the driven equipment.
The damper coupling assures that the drive systems are

free of dangerous resonance speeds in the operating speed
range and eliminates damage to gears, bearings, seals, and
spline fretting the driven equipment.
Contact Lovejoy Engineering for assistance in applying a

damper coupling.
T-19
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Flywheel Couplings
Flywheel Couplings Model 3, 3/S and 4 Dimensions (Inches)
Coupling Bore B1 OD ET TL L1 ER* W R LTB
Size Min Max HTR HY ZY HTR HY ZY HTR HY ZY
LF1 0.31 0.63 2.20 — — 0.94 — — 0.28 1.02 — — 0.87 — 0.43 0.94
LF2 0.44 0.88 3.35 — 3.48 0.94 — 0.94 0.31 1.26 — 1.26 0.79 — 0.39 1.10
LF4 0.47 1.00 3.94 — 3.94 1.10 — 0.98 0.31 1.34 — 1.28 0.94 — 0.47 1.18
LF8 0.50 1.38 4.72 4.92 4.92 1.26 1.34 1.18 0.39 1.81 1.89 1.77 1.10 0.19 0.55 1.65
LF12 0.50 1.38 4.80 — — 1.26 — — 0.39 1.81 — — 1.10 0.19 0.55 1.65
LF16 0.63 1.63 5.91 6.10 6.10 1.65 1.69 1.38 0.47 2.20 2.28 2.08 1.42 0.19 0.71 1.97
LF22 0.63 1.63 5.91 — — 1.65 — — 0.47 2.20 — — 1.42 0.19 0.71 1.97
LF25 0.63 2.13 6.69 7.17 6.89 1.81 1.85 1.57 0.55 2.40 2.44 2.28 1.57 0.19 0.79 2.16
LF28 0.63 2.13 6.69 — — 1.81 — — 0.55 2.40 — — 1.57 0.19 0.79 2.16
LF30 0.81 2.44 7.87 8.07 8.07 2.28 2.28 1.97 0.63 2.91 2.99 2.79 1.97 0.19 0.98 2.60
LF50 0.81 2.44 7.87 8.07 — 2.28 2.28 — 0.63 2.91 2.99 — 1.99 0.19 0.98 2.60
LF80 0.81 2.44 8.07 — — 2.56 — — 0.63 2.97 — — 2.40 0.19 1.20 2.81
LF90 1.19 3.13 10.24 — — 2.76 — — 0.79 3.46 — — 2.44 0.19 1.22 3.15
LF140 1.19 3.13 10.24 10.63 — 2.76 2.28 — 0.79 3.46 3.46 — 2.44 0.19 1.22 3.15
LF250 1.63 4.25 13.38 10.63 — 3.34 4.06 — 0.79 4.25 4.06 — 3.03 .50/.75 0.89/2.15 3.94
LF400 1.63 4.75 14.57 — — 4.13 — — 0.98 5.31 — — 3.74 0.75 1.12/2.62 4.92
*Dimension ER for HTR (rubber) only.
Flywheel Couplings Model 3, 3/S and 4 Dimensions Continued (Inches)

Coupling BE S* U* L4* HD BC/Division T TS
Size (+/-0.11) (+/-0.11) HTR HY ZY
LF1 0.08 — — — 1.18 1.73 2@180° M6 0.39 — —
LF2 0.16 — — — 1.57 2.68 2@180° M8 0.55 — 0.59
LF4 0.16 — — — 1.77 3.15 3@120° M8 0.55 — 0.59
LF8 0.16 0.79 — — 2.36 3.94 3@120° M10 0.67 — 0.75
LF12 0.16 — — — 2.36 3.94 4@90° M10 0.67 — —
LF16 0.24 1.02 — — 2.76 4.92 3@120° M12 0.75 — 0.86
LF22 0.24 — — — 2.76 4.92 4@90° M12 0.75 — —
LF25 0.24 1.06 — — 3.35 5.51 3@120° M14 0.86 — 0.98
T
LF28 0.24 — — — 3.35 5.51 4@90° M14 0.86 — —

LF30 0.31 1.38 1.73 0.44 3.94 6.50 3@120° M16 0.98 — 1.18
LF50 0.31 1.38 1.17 0.88 3.94 6.50 4@90° M16 0.98 — —
LF80 0.16 — — — 3.94 6.50 4@90° M16 0.98 — —
LF90 0.31 — — — 4.92 8.46 3@120° M20 1.26 — —
LF140 0.31 1.30 1.24 0.42 4.92 8.46 4@90° M20 1.26 — —
LF250 0.31 — — — 6.30 11.02 4@90° M20 1.26 — —
LF400 0.39 — — — 6.69 11.81 4@90° M24 1.77 — —
*Hytrel only.
SAE J620 Flywheel Dimensions For Model 3, 3S, and 4 (Inches)

SAE Bolt Thru Holes Suggested Coupling Sizes for SAE Flywheel Sizes
Flywheel Pilot Circle Nominal HTR HY HY ZY
Size P1 FBC No. Dia. Model 3 & 3S Model 3 Model 4 Model 3
6-1/2 8.499 7.875 6 .31 8, 16 8, 16 N/A 8, 16
7-1/2 9.599 8.750 8 .31 8, 16 8, 16 N/A 8, 16
8 10.374 9.625 6 .41 16, 25 6, 30 30 16, 25, 30
10 12.374 11.625 8 .41 25,30 30, 50 30 25, 30
50, 90 140
11-1/2 13.874 13.125 8 .41 30,50 50, 140 50 30
90,140 250 110
250 140
14 18.374 17.250 8 .53 90,140 140 N/A N/A
250 250
16 20.374 19.250 8 .53 250 250 N/A N/A
T-20
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Model 6 & 6B
Model 6, 6/S (Rubber Elements)

This model compensates for considerable axial, radial, and angular misalignment,
and with the rubber flexible elements is torsionally very soft. Lengths are not
standardized, but made according to customer requirements. S-style axial mount-
ing screws allow the hubs to have free end float without exerting axial loads on
the connected equipment, while providing quick assembly.
Model 6, Rubber
Model 6, 6/S (Zytel® Elements)

Elements made of Dupont’s super-tough, corrosion resistant Zytel® are torsionally
stiff without backlash, with less than 1° windup. Large spans, equal to all-metal
couplings, can be accommodated without internal support bearings when
lightweight Zytel® flexible elements are used. Hubs, hardware and tubes are also
available in stainless steel or with plating and corrosion resistant coatings. S-style,
axial mounting screws allow for free end-float without harmful reaction forces.
Model 6, Zytel®
Model 6B (Rubber Elements)

Similar to Model 6 except the center shaft is supported by internal maintenance-
free bearing material. This allows for greater equipment separation and high
T
speeds, as well as high angular misalignment, which can be obtained with rubber
flexible elements.
The drawing at the lower left shows one of the many special designs available. In
this case, a standard flywheel adapter plate (see Model 3) is used to couple to a
diesel engine flywheel. The flanged hub on the other end is supplied with extra
long S-style connecting screws. (Notice that the element is reversed from its
normal direction). This arrangement permits extensive axial movement (free end Model 6B, Rubber
float) of the drive package.
One of the many features of the Model 6 is that the center floating shaft can be
18
radially removed without displacing the coupled machines. Flexible elements may
be pre-assembled to the center segment and then final assembled to the hubs
quickly, with little hardware.
Model 3, 6/S Rubber
T-21
Torsional Couplings
Torsional LF Model 6 & 6B
Model 6 and 6B Dimensions (inches)
Nominal Torque Bore Diameter Element
Coupling (in—lb) B2 OD Flange Hub Span ET
Size Rubber Zytel Min. Max. Rubber Zytel FOD LTB L Y BT FT TD** Rubber Zytel
LF1 90 — 0.313 0.875 2.20 — 2.20 0.94 * 0.51 0.20 0.28 1.18 0.94 —
LF2 180 265 0.500 1.375 3.35 3.48 3.35 1.10 * 0.55 0.20 0.31 1.62 0.94 0.94
LF4 440 530 0.625 1.750 3.94 3.94 3.94 1.18 * 0.63 0.20 0.31 1.81 1.10 0.98
LF8 885 1060 0.750 2.000 4.72 4.92 4.72 1.65 * 0.71 0.20 0.39 2.38 1.26 1.18
LF12 1240 — 0.750 2.000 4.80 — 4.80 1.65 * 0.71 0.20 0.39 2.38 1.26
LF16 1770 2120 0.813 2.625 5.91 6.10 5.91 1.97 * 0.94 0.20 0.47 2.75 1.65 1.38
LF22 2430 — 0.813 2.625 5.91 — 5.91 1.97 * 0.94 0.20 0.47 2.75 1.65 —
LF25 2790 3275 0.813 2.750 6.69 6.89 6.69 2.16 * 1.02 0.20 0.55 3.38 1.81 1.57
LF28 3700 — 0.813 75.000 6.69 — 6.69 2.16 * 1.02 0.20 0.55 3.38 1.81 —
LF30 4425 4870 1.000 3.750 7.87 8.07 7.87 2.60 * 1.30 0.20 0.63 4.00 2.28 1.97
LF50 6195 — 1.000 3.750 7.87 — 7.87 2.60 * 1.30 0.20 0.63 4.00 2.28 —
LF80 7960 — 1.000 3.750 8.07 — 8.07 2.60 * 1.36 0.20 0.63 4.00 2.56 —
LF90 9735 — 1.188 4.250 10.24 — 10.24 3.15 * 1.54 0.20 0.75 5.00 2.76 —
LF140 15,000 — 1.188 4.250 10.24 — 10.24 3.15 * 1.54 0.20 0.75 5.00 2.76 —
LF250 26,500 — 1.625 5.000 13.38 — 13.38 3.94 * 1.81 0.39 0.75 6.25 3.35 —
LF400 44,200 — 1.625 5.500 14.57 — 14.57 4.92 * 2.24 0.39 0.98 6.69 4.13 —
* Please specify distance between shaft ends L. Refer to table below for max. and min. values.
Max. Speed (RPM) Minimum Span Max. Span L (In.)

Model 6 and 6B Maximum Speed (Short Spans Only) L (In.) @ 1750RP
and Length Data Coupling Rubber Zytel Rubber Zytel
Size Model 6 Model 6B Model 6 (All Versions) Model 6 Model 6B Model 6
LF1 1500 6000 — 3.10 45 52 —
LF2 1500 6000 10,000 3.10 52 58 58
LF4 2900 6000 8000 3.61 59 62 62
LF8 2900 6000 7000 4.17 64 72 72
LF12 2900 6000 — 4.17 64 72 —
LF16 2900 6000 6000 5.42 65 77 77
LF22 2900 6000 — 5.42 65 77 —
LF25 2900 5000 5000 5.98 58 84 84
LF28 2900 5000 — 5.98 58 84 —
LF30 2500 4000 4500 7.47 59 91 91
LF50 2500 4000 — 7.47 83 91 —
LF80 2500 4000 — 7.47 83 91 —
LF90 1500 3600 — 9.03 34 99 —
LF140 1500 3600 — 9.03 73 99 —
T
LF250 1500 3000 — 10.80 86 117 —

LF400 1500 2500 — Consult Lovejoy
Coupling Speed (RPM)

Model 6 (Rubber) Max. Span L Size 500 600 720 750 900 1000 1200 1500 1800
(Inches) At Various Speeds* LF1 94 86 78 76 69 65 58 51 45
LF2 109 99 89 88 79 74 66 57 52
LF4 116 106 96 94 86 81 73 64 59
* Longer spans for given speeds are possible with
LF8 134 121 110 107 97 91 81 70 64
Model 6B. Please consult Lovejoy. Consult Lovejoy LF12 134 121 110 107 97 91 81 70 64
for maximum spans at higher speeds. LF16 144 129 117 114 103 96 85 72 65
LF22 144 129 117 114 103 96 85 72 65
LF25 154 138 123 120 106 98 83 64 58
LF28 154 138 123 120 106 98 83 64 58
LF30 168 151 134 131 115 106 90 68 59
LF50 173 157 143 139 126 119 106 92 83
LF80 173 157 143 139 126 119 106 92 83
LF90 177 155 134 130 107 94 69 38 34
LF140 187 169 151 147 130 121 104 83 73
LF250 211 190 171 167 148 137 118 94 86
Coupling Speed (RPM)

Model 6 (Zytel) Max. Span L Size 500 600 720 750 900 1000 1200 1500 1800
(Inches) At Various Speeds* LF2X 110 101 92 90 82 78 71 64 58
LF4X 116 106 97 95 87 82 75 67 62
*Maximum span is based on tube deflection and a LF8X 136 124 113 110 101 96 87 78 72
critical speed 1.5x above operating speed. LF16X 147 134 122 120 109 103 94 84 72
LF25X 162 148 135 132 120 114 104 93 84
LF30X 176 161 147 144 131 124 114 102 91
T-22
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Model 6 & 6B (continued)
These guidelines cover additional considerations unique to the floating-shaft versions of the coupling. Use them together with the selection information for
general applications or engine applications found on pages 9 through 12.
1. Torque capacity
For Model 6B:
Values for nominal torque Tkn, maximum torque TKmax and
continuous vibratory torque Tkw remain the same and are r = [L-2(Y+BT)]tanα
found in the table of Performance Data on page 12 and 13.
where
2. Stiffness values and wind-up
∝ = angular misalignment (degrees),
Because 2 torsional rubber elements are used together in
r = parallel misalignment (inches),
series, values from the Performance Data table on page 12 and
and L,Y and BT (inches) are from the dimension table.
13 for dynamic torsional stiffness CTdyn, static angular stiffness
cw, and static axial stiffness ca, should be multiplied by one half.
Please note that angular and parallel misalignment values are
Values for wind-up should be doubled.
dependent on speed and should be adjusted according to Fig. 2,
page 14.
3. Misalignment
Performance Data table values for allowable axial
T
misalignment are doubled for the standard element
design. Values for the S-Style version will be the same
but can be increased by use of special-length sleeves
(consult Lovejoy).
Angular misalignment will be equal at both ends and

should be kept within the limits given in the Performance
Data table. Allowable parallel misalignment is related to
the angular misalignment and the distance between shaft
ends L. It is calculated by applying one of the two
4. Which style, Model 6 or Model 6B?
following equations:
(HTR only)
In general, the basic Model 6 is suitable for most short- or
medium-length spans (distance between shaft ends). Longer
spans will require the bearing-supported floating shaft feature of
For Model 6: the Model 6B. But regardless of length, some applications will
still require the Model 6B design based on speed alone. Use
r = (L-2Y)tanα the Maximum Speed and Length table to guide your choice, or
consult Lovejoy for assistance.
T-23
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Assembly Instructions
Assembly Notes and Instructions - Important Notes
For optimum coupling performance and longevity, the radial and axial screws connecting the element to the hubs or adapter plate must be tightened to the
torque given in the table below. It is recommended that a torque wrench be used. This is particularly important with larger couplings. Tightening “by feel” is
normally not sufficient.
Tightening torques which are too low will inevitably lead to slackening of the screws and consequently lead to undesirable results.
In order to reduce friction between the screw head and the metal insert in the element, it is suggested that a small amount of grease be applied to the under-
side of the screw head before assembly. This also reduces the possibility of twisting the element (see diagrams to the left). It is important that the element be
mounted correctly and not be twisted.
Mounting Screws Mounting Screw Data

Each radial and axial mounting screw is treated for corro- Radial and Axial Screws L-Loc Screws
sion resistance (minimum grade DIN 8.8, SAE Grade 8) and Coupling Screw Thread Torque Set Torque
the threads are coated with micro-encapsulated adhesive. Size Size Pitch Quantity (ft-lb) Screw (ft-lb)
The adhesive is released at assembly and further enhances LF1 M6 1.00 4 7 — —
the performance and safety of the coupling. For adequate LF2 M8 1.25 4 20 — —
effect, the adhesive should be allowed to harden for 4-5 LF4 M8 1.25 6 20 — —
hours prior to operation. LF8 M10 1.50 6 40 M10 20
LF12 M10 1.50 8 40 M10 20
LF16 M12 1.75 6 65 M12 30
NOTE:
LF22 M12 1.75 8 65 M14 55
Anaerobic adhesives (such as LoctiteTM, etc) should not be LF25 M14 2.00 6 105 M14 55
used, as they have a detrimental effect on the bond LF28 M14 2.00 8 105 M16 90
between the rubber and the insert if dripped or splashed to LF30 M16 2.00 6 150 M16 90
those areas. LF50 M16 2.00 8 150 M16 90
LF80 M16 2.00 8 150 M16 90
Recommended adhesives are 3MTM 2353 or Nylok LF90 M20 2.50 6 330 M20 150
Precote 80. Screws that we provide with this adhesive LF140 M20 2.50 8 330 M20 150
LF250 M20 2.50 12 370 M20 150
T
may be used up to 3 times.

LF400 M20/M24 * 8/4 450/775 * *
* Consult Lovejoy
S-Style Axial Screw Standard Radial &

Axial Screw
T-24
Torsional Couplings
LF Torsional Assembly Instructions Continued
Models 1, 2 & 3
● Place hubs on shafts, or the adapter plate onto the flywheel. If a key is used, make sure it does not extend past the end of the shaft.
● Attach rubber element to the flanged hub (or adapter plate) with the axial screws. Hand tighten. (Be sure to place a drop of oil or grease under each screw
head to reduce friction and twisting of the element at final assembly).
● Align equipment so the cylindrical hub in the other shaft is placed into the center of the element. Install the radial screws.
● Tighten all axial screws first, then all radial screws to the proper torque shown above. Tighten set screws.
Model 1S, 2/S, 3/S

● Same as above except:
● Install S-Type axial screws on flanged hub or flanged plate.
● Mount the element on the cylindrical hub and fasten with radial screws.
Torque these screws to the proper value. Do not forget to place a drop of
oil or grease under the screw head before fastening. Also, make sure the
hub is set on the shaft with the proper shaft engagement. Normally, the
end of the shaft is flush with the end of the hub. Tighten set screws.
● Pilot the hub assembly onto the flanged hub or adapter plate.
LF Torsional Alignment and Assembly Notes HTR Alignment Values (Inches)

Size Dimension S Dimension Z
After assembly, the coupling (equipment) should be aligned carefully for long 1 0.08 0.51
service life. Naturally, the higher the speed, the greater the care should be in 2 0.16 0.88
alignment. 4 0.16 1.08
8 0.16 1.18
12 0.16 1.22
In Model 2, alignment can easily be checked with a straight edge. The outer
T
16 0.24 1.57
diameter of the flanged hub must be flush with the element diameter where 22 0.24 1.57
the radial screws are placed. Check each position for proper alignment. In 25 0.24 1.67
Models 1 and 3 the distance must be measured at each axially bolted point 28 0.24 1.67
30 0.31 1.97
of the rubber element, and should be set as accurately as possible to the
50 0.31 1.97
value “Z” shown in the table on this page. 80 0.16 2.07
90 0.31 2.66
In models that use the S-Style screws, alignment is normally not required. 140 0.31 2.66
The parallel and angular misalignment is small when the equipment is pilot 250 0.31 3.54
400 0.39 3.94
assembled. As example of this would be a hydraulic pump mounted to an
SAE engine pump mounting flange. Hytrel® Torsional couplings are pilot
mounted only.
T-25
Torsional Couplings
LF Assembly Instructions for Torsional Hytrel ® Assembly Instructions
For Sizes 8, 16, 140 and 250 For Sizes 30 and 50

(Models 1, 2 & 3) (Models 1, 2, 3, 4)
1 Mount the cylindrical hub to the shaft and tighten set screws. 1. Mount the cylindrical hub to the shaft and tighten set screws.
2. Mount the radial aluminum inserts to the cylindrical hub and 2. Mount the radial aluminum inserts to the cylindrical hub and
tighten the radial screws to the proper torque. If the inserts are tighten the radial screws to the proper torque. If the inserts are
T
already mounted, do not disassemble. already mounted, do not disassemble.

3. Slide the Hytrel® element onto the cylindrical hub. The webbed 3. Mount the axial aluminum inserts to the flanged hub or adapter
part (A) must be placed toward the flanged hub or adapter plate. plate. Tighten to specified torque. Be sure that these inserts are
The size 140 consists of 4 single elastic Hytrel® cushions with oriented properly so that they mate with the Hytrel® element.
shoulder “A”. Size 250 has 4 cushions with shoulder “A” and Slide the Hytrel® element onto the axial (flanged hub or adapter
4 cushions without the shoulder. Cushions with shoulders are plate) inserts.
installed so that when they are assembled, they are nearest to 4. Model 4: mount the cast aluminum flange with the Hytrel®
the flanged hub or adapter plate. element installed to the engine flywheel. Mount the cylindrical
4. Install the axial drive pins and screws to the flanged hub or hub to the driven equipment shaft.
adapter plate. Tighten to the specified torque. 5. Pilot the equipment together.
5. Pilot the equipment together.
T-26
Torsional Couplings
LK Torsional Family Coupling System
The Torsional LK coupling is a simple, robust, two-piece coupling consisting of an element or flywheel adapter together with a splined hub. It is used on
applications that have a diesel, gasoline or natural gas engine driving one or more flange mounted hydraulic pumps. The couplings are torsionally very stiff
(almost rigid) enabling drives of hydraulic pumps and similar equipment having low mass of inertia to operate below the critical speed. The very stiff LK raises
the critical speed well above the operating range providing a drive free of any harmful torsional vibrations. The LK is an ideal choice for hydrostatic
construction drives, mainly in the low to mid power ranges. Typical applications are excavators, vibratory rollers, loaders, cranes, manlifts, forklifts,
tractors, etc. Virtually all engine driven hydrostatic applications in the low to mid power range can use the LK coupling.
Salient features and advantages:

• Compact, light, robust and safe in operation with long service life.
• Oil Resistant and suitable for temperatures of -40° to +300°F (-40° up to +150°C).
• High torsional stiffness-allowing operation below critical speed without resonances, provided it is correctly selected.
• Service free combination of sintered metal with highly shock resistant, temperature stabilized special polyamide.
• Short mounting length, easy assembly since it can be mounted axially.
• The hubs can be equipped with the proven patented L-Loc clamping system. With L-Loc, the coupling hub can be fit to splined shafts absolutely free of
movement to eliminate fretting.
• The hubs can be modified in form and length as needed.
• Various series for standardized SAE-flywheels and non-standard flywheels.
• Low priced and normally available from stock.
Design and materials:

Modern construction to give rational and economic manufacture-good material properties-design principle proven over the years.
Hubs:
High-quality, precision powdered-metal hubs are used for all sizes of the LK. These hubs are thoroughly tested by Lovejoy and proven in many applications.
These one-piece hubs (or hubstars) have "dogs" that provide the engagement with the element. The sides of the dogs are lightly crowned to avoid edge
pressure at angular misalignments.
Flywheel flanges:
These flanges are molded in high quality plastic, strengthened with glass fiber to produce a heat-stabilized product displaying high impact strength.
T
Fundamentally the flywheel flange is available in two different designs:
A) One-Piece with mounting measurements to SAE J620.

B) Two-Piece consisting of one universal plastic flange, which can be fitted with steel adapter to any flywheel.
Such steel adapters can be produced either by the customer himself or delivered by us. In the latter case, the plastic flange is mounted in our factory onto the
steel adapter.
The one-piece flanges can be mounted to the flywheel in two different positions, resulting in two different axial mounting lengths. The two-piece flanges with
adapter can be arranged in four different positions, resulting in four different axial mounting lengths. By using the different positions of the flanges and different
lengths of the hubs, the ideal overall length for the coupling can be reached. It is important that the flange is mounted in the correct position. We have
numerous application drawings for the various combinations of engines and pumps, gears etc. which include all important details such as position of the
flange, length of the hub, spline of the hub, flange between pump and flywheel housing etc. Therefore, please ask for the correct drawing for your specific
application. Should we not have the drawing already available, we will gladly make your specific drawing on our CAD system.
T-27
Torsional Couplings
LK Torsional System
LK Performance Data
Nominal Maximum Maximum Dynamic Torsional Stiffness Relative
Coupling Torque Torque Speed CTdyn 103lb-in/rad (kNm/rad) Damping
Size TKN TKmax (RPM) 0.25 TKN 0.50 TKN 0.75 TKN 1.00 TKN
90 ft-lb 240 ft-lb
LK80 6000 Consult Lovejoy
125 Nm 330 Nm
295 ft-lb 590 ft-lb 490 550 800 1060
LK100 5000
400 Nm 800 Nm (55) (62) (90) (120)
590 ft-lb 1180 ft-lb 1370 1590 2800 4070
LK125 4500 0.4
800 Nm 1600 Nm (155) (180) (315) (460)
885 ft-lb 2200 ft-lb 2300 2480 3700 7950
LK150 4000
1200 Nm 3000 Nm (260) (280) (420) (900)
1770 ft-lb 4400 ft-lb 4600 4960 7400 15900
LK150D 4000
2400 Nm 6000 Nm (520) (560) (840) (1800)
Misalignment:
As the coupling is torsionally very stiff, it is also very stiff in the radial direction. It is suitable for accurately aligned drives, (flange mounted). The coupling is
able to compensate for the small radial and angular misalignments that must normally be expected on flange mounted drives. In the axial direction, the hub
can move freely and be located a few millimeters from the ideal axial position, even to the point of protruding out of the flange. However, for highly loaded
couplings, it is recommended that the dogs be completely engaged at all times.
Mounting:
In most cases, the diameter of the hubstar is smaller than the center locating diameter of the pump flange (the hubstar passes through bore in the flange
which connects the pump with the flywheel housing). The diameter of the hubstar is always a little smaller than the normal size of the coupling (the rotation
diameter of the hubstar for LF-K-100 is <100mm; it will pass through the bore in the pump mounting plate provided it is 100 mm or 4 inches diameter or
greater). In this case the installation can be carried out as follows: (See bottom left picture)
1. Bolt the coupling flange onto the flywheel.

2. Bolt the pump mounting plate onto the flywheel housing.
3. Fit coupling onto the pump shaft and secure.
4. Offer up pump to engage coupling and pump in the pump mounting plate.
For the occasional case where the hubstar diameter is larger than the bore in the pump mounting plate, the installation should be carried out as follows:
(See bottom center picture)
T
1. Bolt the coupling flange onto the flywheel.

2. Bolt pump mounting plate to pump.
3. Fit coupling hub onto the pump shaft and secure.
4. Offer up pump and mounting plate so coupling engages and locate the pump mount plate in the flywheel housing. Bolt complete assembly to
flywheel housing.
Axial Securing Of Hub

The hub can adjust its axial position freely as there is no axial stop. Therefore, the hub has to be secured onto the pump shaft axially. For best results use our
proven L-Loc clamping system. For light drives where the pump shaft has a shoulder it can be sufficient to clamp the hub against the shoulder using a bolt and
washer fastened onto the end of the pump shaft, provided it has a tapped hole.
T-28
Torsional Couplings
LK Torsional System
1-Piece Flange 2-Piece Flange Universal Element
LK Dimensions for SAE J620 flywheel applications

Bore Diameter Flange Dimmensions Hubstar Dimensions Assembly Dimensions
Nominal SAE Number &
Coupling Torque Flywheel Flange Diameter Flange Hubstar Mounting
Size Rating Min. Max. Size Style OD BC Of Holes Thickness OD LTB* OAL Length
LK100 295 ft.lb. 9/16”” 1-9/16" 6.5 1-PIECE 8.500" 7.875" 6 x .33" 0.55" 2.56" 1.26" 1.34" 0.79/1.03"
400 Nm 15mm 40mm 215.9mm 200mm 6 x 8.5mm 14mm 65mm 32mm 34mm 23mm+/-3mm
7.5 1-PIECE 9.500" 8.750" 8 x .33”" 0.55" 1.26" 1.34" 0.79/1.03"
241.3mm 222.3mm 8 x 8.5mm 14mm 32mm 34mm 23mm+/-3mm
8 1-PIECE 10.375" 9.625" 6 x .41" 0.55" 2.20" 2.28" 2.16/2.40"
263.5mm 244.5mm 6 x 10.5mm 14mm 56MM 58MM 58mm+/-3mm
10 1-PIECE 12.375" 11.625" 8 x .41" 0.55" 1.89" 1.97" 1.85/2.09"
LK125 590 ft.lb. 13/16" 2-1/8" 10 1-PIECE 12.375" 11.625" 8 x .41" 0.79" 3.35" 1.89" 1.97" 1.85/2.09"
800 Nm 20mm 55mm 314.3mm 295.3mm 8 x 10.5mm 20mm 85mm 48mm 50mm 50mm+/-3mm
11.5 2-PIECE 13.875" 13.125" 8 x .41" 0.19" 1.97" 2.05" 1.30/1.54"
T
LK150 885 ft.lb. 1" 2-3/4" 11.5 1-PIECE 13.875" 3.125" 8 x .41" 0.79" 4.33" 2.09" 2.09" 1.26/1.34"
1200 Nm 25mm 70mm 352.4mm 333.4mm 8 x 10.5mm 20mm 110mm 53mm 53mm 33mm+/-1mm
14 2-PIECE 18.375" 17.250" 8 x .50" 0.19" 2.09" 2.09" 0.94/1.02"
LK150D 1770 ft.lb. 1-3/16" 2-3/4" 14 ** 18.375 17.250" 8 x .50" 0.13" 4.33" 2.05" 2.13" 0.94/1.02"
2400 Nm 30mm 70mm 466.7mm 438.2mm 8 x 12.7mm 3.4mm 110mm 52mm 54mm 25mm+/-1mm
*Other shorter or longer hub lengths available for special requirements.
** LK150D uses 2 Zytel elements in parallel with 1 steel plate.
Dimensions for universal elements (for non-SAE flywheels, etc.) SAE Pump Splines*
NUMBER HOLE SAE NUMBER SPLINE MAJOR
ELEMENT PILOT B.C. OF DIAMETER O.D. CODE OF TEETH PITCH DIAMETER
SIZE A B HOLES S C D E F G H A-A 9 20/40 0.500"
LK80-6-106 4.173 in. 5.118 in. 5 0.33 in. 5.91 in. 3.60 in. 1.12 in. 0.19 in. 0.55 in. 0.38 in. A 9 16/32 0.625"
106 mm 130 mm 8.4 mm 150 mm 91.4 mm 28.4 mm 4.8 mm 14.0 mm 9.7 mm B 13 16/32 0.875"
LK80-6-135 5.315 in. 3.937 in. 3 0.41 in. 5.315 in. 3.63 in. 1.00 in. * 0.39 in. 0.61 in. B-B 15 16/32 1.000"
135 mm 100 mm 10.4 mm 135 mm 92.2 mm 25.4 mm 9.9 mm 15.5 mm C 14 12/24 1.250"
LK100-165 4.921 in. 5.591 in. 3 0.49 in. 6.85 in. 4.921 in. 1.34 in. 0.16 in. 0.39 in. 0.79 in. C-C 17 12/24 1.500"
125 mm 142 mm 12.5 mm 174 mm 125 mm 34 mm 4 mm 10 mm 20 mm D 13 8/16 1.750"
LK100-072 2.835 in. 6.496 in. 3 0.65 in. 7.87 in. 4.33 in. 1.34 in. 0.16 in. 0.39 in. 0.79 in. E 13 8/16 1.750"
72 mm 165 mm 16.5 mm 200 mm 110 mm 34 mm 4 mm 10 mm 20 mm F 15 8/16 2.000"
LK125-195 5.315 in. 6.496 in. 6 0.49 in. 7.68 in. 5.315 in. 1.18 in. 0.24 in. 0.39 in. 0.55 in. *SAE J744
135 mm 165 mm 12.5 mm 195 mm 135 mm 30 mm 6 mm 10 mm 14 mm
LK150-230 6.496 in. 7.874 in. 8 0.49 in. 9.06 in. 6.500 in. 1.06 in. 0.20 in. 0.39 in. 0.47 in.
165 mm 200 mm 12.5 mm 230 mm 165 mm 27 mm 5 mm 10 mm 12 mm
*Size LK80-6-135 pilots on the O.D.
T-29
Torsional Couplings
Lovejoy Pump Mounting Plates
Lovejoy pump mounting plates complete your engine, coupling, and hydraulic
pump package. These plates provide easy mounting of pumps to the engine
flywheel housing.
Pump mounting plates are available in two standard types: flat and spacer
types. Stock plates are available for all SAE housings size 1 to 6 and all types
of SAE A to D hydraulic pumps. DIN hydraulic pump pilot and bolt patterns also
available.
NOTE: Pump mounting plate is cut away in photo to right, for clarity.
SAE J620 Flywheel Dimension Reference (inches)

Nominal Bolt
Clutch Pilot Circle Tapped Holes
Size P1 BC G H J P2 D No. Size
6-1/2 8.500 7.875 1.19 0.50 0.38 7.25 5.00 6 5/16-18
7-1/2 9.500 8.750 1.19 0.50 0.50 8.13 — 8 5/16-18
8 10.375 9.625 2.44 0.50 0.50 8.88 — 6 3/8-16
10 12.375 11.625 2.12 0.62 0.50 10.88 7.75 8 3/8-16
11-1/2 13.875 13.125 1.56 1.12 0.88 12.38 8.00 8 3/8-16
14 18.375 17.250 1.00 1.12 0.88 16.13 8.00 8 1/2-13
16 20.375 19.250 0.62 1.12 0.88 18.13 75.00 8 1/2-13
18 22.500 21.375 0.62 1.25 1.25 19.63 10.00 6 5/8-11
21 26.500 25.250 0.00 1.25 1.15 23.00 — 12 5/8-11
T
24 28.875 27.250 0.00 1.25 1.25 25.38 — 12 3/4-10
Typical Flywheel Housing Combinations

SAE
Clutch Coupling SAE Flywheel Housing
Size Sizes 6 5 4 3 2 1
6.5 8, 16, 25 ■ ■
7.5 8, 16, 25 ● ●
8 16, 25, 30 ■
10 25, 30, 50 ● ■ ■
11.5 30, 50, 90, 140 ● ● ■
14 90, 140, 250 ●
■ Preferred
● Other Sizes Available
T-30
Torsional Couplings
Lovejoy Pump Mounting Plates
Pump Mounting Plates

For Use With Hydraulic Pumps Having Standard SAE Mountings And Spline Shafts
Flywheel Flat Plate Spacer Plate*
Housing Pilot Bolt Outside
Size Diameter Circle Diameter
(SAE J617) EP EBC OD GF LF GS LS S
2.64 in. 2.58 in. 1.89 in.
1 20.125 in. 20.875 in. 21.75 in. 0.88 in. 0.75 in.
3.75 in. 3.69 in. 3.00 in.
2 17.625 in. 18.375 in. 19.25 in. 0.88 in. 0.75 in. 2.08 in. 2.02 in. 1.31 in.
2.31 in. 2.25 in. 1.68 in.
3 16.125 in. 16.875 in. 17.75 in. 0.50 in. 0.44 in.
1.04 in. 0.98 in. 0.44 in.
1.74 in. 1.68 in. 1.11 in.
0.77 in. 0.71 in. 0.14 in.
T
*Custom sizes available. Please ask Lovejoy.
Spacer Rings
Spacer rings are available for all SAE bell housing sizes (1,2,3,4,5,6). These rings will provide additional
space standoff from the engine flywheel housing and the pump mounting spacer plate. In most cases,
the standard pump mounting spacer plate will provide the necessary area between the flywheel and the
pump for the proper Torsional coupling. When ordering spacer rings, simply specify the SAE bell housing
size and required thickness, T. Example: Spacer Ring, SAE 3/.50 (min. thickness is .50", use increments
of 1/8").
T-31
Torsional Couplings
Lovejoy Pump Mounting Housings
Typical Housings
For hydraulic pumps mounting to engines that do not have an SAE flywheel housing, Lovejoy offers pump mounting housings for the following engines:
Cummins B3.3 Deutz FL1011

Ford LRG425 GM 3.0
Ford VSG413 Perkins 103-10
Kubota Super Mini Perkins 104-22
Kubota Super 03
Kubota Super 05
All are available with SAE pump mounting pilots and bolt pattern or can be custom made to your requirements.
Housings are high-strength aluminum, designed to support the weight of hydraulic pumps without the need for a rear support bracket while reducing the over-
all length of engine/pump package.
T
The LK80 and/or LK100 are available to match flywheel options for the various engines and can be paired with the appropriate housing to provide a
complete kit.
T-32
Torsional Couplings
Cummins® B3.3 Deutz® FL 1011

Shown with LK 100. Shown with LK 100.
T-33
Torsional Couplings
T
Ford VSG 413

Shown with LK 100.
Ford LRG 425

Shown with LK 100.
T-34
Torsional Couplings
T
GM 3l Kubota Super Mini
Shown with LK 100. Shown with LK 80.
T-35
Torsional Couplings
T
Kubota Super 05
Shown with LK 80.
Kubota Super 03
Shown with LK 80.
T-36
Torsional Couplings
T
Perkins® 103-10
Shown with LK 100.
Perkins® 104-22
Shown with LK 100.
T-37
Torsional Couplings
LM Torsional Coupling System
LM Couplings Maritime Classification
The Lovejoy LM torsional couplings, like our other torsional couplings, are We can supply LM couplings to meet the requirements of most leading
made especially for diesel engine drives. In particular, the LM couplings are classification societies. Please specify when ordering.
highly elastic torsionally, allowing the engine to drive a relatively small inertia
load safely free from damaging torsional resonance over a wide speed Materials
range from low idle RPM to full engine speed. They accomplish this task by • Elastomeric Element
shifting the critical speeds far enough below the idle speed to allow full use Temperature-resistant natural rubber available in a variety of Shore
of the entire working speed range of the engine without limitation. In hardnesses to suite individual application requirements. Our natural
essence, these sophisticated couplings effect an attenuated level of rubber is good for -110°F to +200°F (-45°C to +90°C).
stress throughout the whole drive train by reducing vibratory torque to a
very low level. For unusually high ambient temperatures, especially in non-ventilated
flywheel housings, we recommend using our special silicone version,
How They Work rated for -110°F to +250°F (-45°C to +120°C).
A compact, disc-shaped elastomeric element lies at the heart of the LM
coupling that gives it its high torsional elasticity. This element has molded • Outer Ring
cogs or teeth around its outside diameter. These cogs make a backlash-free High-grade cast aluminum alloy.
engagement with internal cogs on an aluminum ring which drives it from the
engine flywheel. This arrangement pre-loads the elastomer to increase its • Inner Hub
damping and load carrying capacity, and gives the coupling the ability to slip Steel with minimum tensile strength of 85,000 psi (600 N/mm2)
together and “blind assemble” inside the engine’s flywheel housing. It also
gives the coupling some torque limiting ability to further protect the drive
train, as the cogs are able to slip position during rare transient torque spikes
(5 to 6 times rated torque) without damage to the coupling. If these spikes
were to occur frequently, only harmless bits of rubber would shed from the
coupling causing no further damage.
The clever shape of the elastomeric element distributes operating stresses

equally over its working section, allowing for a large angle of twist (6 to 12°
at nominal torque load depending on size) while minimizing stress. This
feature places the CM coupling amongst the highest torsional elasticities of
T
all couplings available on the market. And at the thick center portion near
the hub, as well as at the cogs, stresses are further reduced to a very low
level, providing a very reliable and robust drive.
We bond a steel ring to the center of the elastomeric element that

assembles to a steel hub. The center of this hub is machined to fit the
customer’s driven shaft and is clamped solidly to the shaft at assembly by a
tapered split hub, set screws or our unique L-Loc clamping system.
Range Of Sizes LM Elastomeric Element

LM couplings come in 8 different sizes covering a range of nominal torques
from 2200 to 33,600 in-lbs (250 to 3800 Nm). This wide range of sizes make
these couplings capable of handling applications driven from small singe-
cylinder engines on up to large multi-cylinder engines producing in excess of
900 HP.
T-38
Torsional Couplings
LM Torsional System
Typical Applications
• Splitter-gear multiple pump drives • Hydraulic pumps • Compressors

• Generator sets (2-bearing) • Centrifugal pumps • Ship propulsion
• Locomotives
Features and Benefits of the LM Coupling
Design Features Benefits
Torsionally very soft. Backlash-free, even after long service hours. No • Protects equipment from vibration and shock load
moving parts to wear out or make noise. No wearing parts and no damage
lubrication needed. • Noise silencing for quieter equipment running
• Maintenance-free
• Reliable service
• Long life
Simple “plug-in” assembly designed for blind fitting inside a flywheel • Installation is easy and fast
housing. No mounting bolts to access through holes. Special tapered hub
grips firmly yet removes without special tools or pullers.
No axial forces generated by transmission of torque. Compensates for • Extends life of bearings and seals on coupled equipment
axial, parallel and angular misalignment. Permits free axial float.
Wide range of toque sizes. Suitable for high engine speeds. Standard input • Versatile solutions for small, medium or large horsepower applications
flanges for SAE flywheels. Large bore capacity hubs. Slim profile, compact
T
design.
Unique torque limiting feature provides fast, automatic disconnect of the • Protects engine and equipment from extreme overload damage
engine should the driven machinery lock up or a gen-set experience
incorrect synchronization or short circuit.
Coupling torsional stiffness is adjustable by simply changing the elastomeric • Simple frequency tuning of the power train
elements, which are available in several Shore hardness ratings and torque
values.
Special high-temperature rubber compound. Holes in hub and adapter • Good intrinsic heat dissipation for extended life
flange promote flow-through air cooling.
Linear torsional stiffness characteristic (rubber) means resonance • Allows gen-sets to perform even when engines misfire
frequencies are not shifted by the load.
Elastomeric working element. • Electrically isolates engine from driven equipment
T-39
Torsional Couplings
LM Torsional Coupling Design Types
1. Type SB
Sizes 240 to 2400
The driven inner hub consists of two pieces: the vulcanized steel
ring and the inner tapered hub. These two parts are bolted together
and the torque is transmitted by the friction force created by the
axial bolts, drawing the tapered hub into a mating taper in the
element.
This is a long tapered fit, but can easily disassembled if the coupling
has to be removed. The vulcanized steel ring creates a very high
inward pressure acting on the inner driven tapered hub. To utilize
this pressure, the driven hub is slotted in an axial direction. This
compresses the driven hub to provide a very strong backlash-free
connection between the driven hub and driven shaft. This clamping
effect can be used equally well on cylindrical shafts with keys or
splined shafts. Type SB
L-Loc
2. Type SC
Sizes 2800 to 3500
An inner ring made of spheroidal cast iron is vulcanized into the
elastomeric element. This flange is bolted to the inner tapered hub.
Depending upon the arrangement of the elastomeric element, two
different lengths are possible utilizing the same components.
Short Version: SCA
Long Version: SCB
T
Type SCA Type SCB
3. Types SBE and SCE

Special Radial Assembly/Disassembly Types
(Drop-Out Types) All Sizes
The elastomeric element can be changed quickly and easily without
disturbing the coupling shaft, provided the flywheel housing
does not protrude too much. These versions can be particularly
advantageous on larger sizes, especially if the hub is interference
fit.
Type SCE (Disassembled)
Type SCE (Assembled)
4. Special Types
In addition to the standard types shown here, many special types
have been developed. Please contact Lovejoy for more information.
T-40
Torsional Couplings
LM Torsional Coupling Selection
Use the following 3 steps in conjunction with the technical data and dimension tables contained in the following sections to make the preliminary coupling
selection:
1. Application Torque
Select a coupling size with a nominal torque rating (Tkn) greater or equal to the application torque (T) calculated with the equation:
T = HP*63025/RPM
provided
T < Tkn*St1
where St1 is the temperature factor for nominal torque found from the chart. This number will typically be at least .6 or .7 (for typical ambient
temperature of at least 140 to 160°F inside the flywheel housing).
2. SAE Flywheel Size
Select the appropriate SAE J620 flange size to match your flywheel.
3. Shaft Dimensions
Make sure maximum bore capacity of coupling will accommodate the dimensions of your driven shaft. Coupling hub length can usually be shortened
if necessary to fit into tight space envelopes.
IMPORTANT:
Final selection of coupling size requires verification by torsional vibration analysis. This analysis will identify the location of critical speeds and confirm the
absence of excessive steady-state and peak resonance conditions over the normal operating cycle of the equipment.
T
LM couplings are robust, reliable and unique in their ability to solve torsional vibration problems in certain applications. But as with all torsional couplings,
inappropriate coupling selection can lead to unstable conditions that place the coupling as well as the rest of the drive train at danger. Lovejoy can perform
the torsional vibration analysis for you if necessary. Simply complete the worksheet found on page 10 and fax it to us.
You can find more details regarding coupling selection based on this analysis on pages 9 and 10.
T-41
Torsional Couplings
LM Torsional Coupling Technical Data—Natural Rubber
Shore Nominal *Continuous Allowable **Dynamic Mass Moment of Inertia
Hardness Torque Max. Torque Vibratory Power Torsional Flange Size Max.
Coupling (Durometer) Rating Rating Torque Loss Stiffness SAE J 620 Speed ***Primary Secondary Coupling
Size Shore A Tkn Tkmax Tkw Pkv Ctdyn Flywheel nmax J J Size
2210 in-lb 4430 in-lb 885 in-lb 8190 in-lb/rad 17.77 lb-in2 3.246 lb-in2
50
(250 Nm) (500 Nm) (100 Nm) (925 Nm/rad) 8 4000 RPM
2
2660 in-lb 5310 in-lb 1060 in-lb 12400 in-lb/rad (0.0208 kgm ) (0.0038 kgm2)
LM240 60 37 W LM240
(300 Nm) (600 Nm) (120 Nm) (1400 Nm/rad) 26.74 lb-in 2
3.246 lb-in2
3100 in-lb 6640 in-lb 1240 in-lb 19900 in-lb/rad 10 3600 RPM
70 (0.0313 kgm2) (0.0038 kgm2)
(350 Nm) (750 Nm) (140 Nm) (2250 Nm/rad)
3540 in-lb 7080 in-lb 1420 in-lb 14200 in-lb/rad
50
(400 Nm) (800 Nm) (160 Nm) (1600 Nm/rad)
LM400 60 62 W 10 3600 RPM LM400
(500 Nm) (1000 Nm) (200 Nm) (2500 Nm/rad) (0.0373 kgm2) (0.0114 kgm2)
4870 in-lb 9740 in-lb 1950 in-lb 35400 in-lb/rad
70
(550 Nm) (1100 Nm) (220 Nm) (4000 Nm/rad)
50 10 3600 RPM
LM800 60 105 W 111/2 3500 RPM LM800
70 14 3000 RPM
50 111/2 3500 RPM
(1000 Nm) (2000 Nm) (400 Nm) (4500 Nm/rad)
10600 in-lb 21200 in-lb 4250 in-lb 61900 in-lb/rad (0.0768 kgm2) (0.0456 kgm2)
LM1200 60 150 W LM1200
(1200 Nm) (2400 Nm) (480 Nm) (7000 Nm/rad) 12.23 lb-in 2
38.95 lb-in2
11500 in-lb 26600 in-lb 4600 in-lb 104000 in-lb/rad 14 3000 RPM
70 (0.0143 kgm2) (0.0456 kgm2)
(1300 Nm) (3000 Nm) (520 Nm) (11700 Nm/rad)
50 11 /2
1
3200 RPM
168.3 lb-in2 66.63 lb-in2
14 3000 RPM
15900 in-lb 31900 in-lb 6370 in-lb 79600 in-lb/rad (0.1970 kgm2) (0.0780 kgm2)
LM1600 60 220 W LM1600
(1800 Nm) (3600 Nm) (720 Nm) (9000 Nm/rad) 234.1 lb-in2 66.63 lb-in2
16 2500 RPM
(0.2740 kgm2) (0.0780 kgm2)
70 18 2300 RPM
50 14 3000 RPM
LM2400 60 300 W 16 2500 RPM LM2400
24800 in-lb 53100 in-lb 9910 in-lb 221000 in-lb/rad 343 lb-in2 130.7 lb-in2
70 18 2300 RPM
24800 in-lb 53100 in-lb 9910 in-lb 221000 in-lb/rad 14 3000 RPM 242.3 lb-in2 192.8lb-in2
50
T
LM2800 60 360 W 16 2500 RPM LM2800
70 18 2300 RPM
50 14 3000 RPM
LM3500 60 450 W 16 2500 RPM LM3500
70 18 2300 RPM
*At 10 Hz.
**Constant value for natural rubber because of linear characteristic
***Primary means the flywheel side of the coupling
Frequency Factor Sf
f in Hz <10 >10
Sf 1 √ f/10
Resonance Factor VR Temperature Factor St1 T < Tkn * St1
Temperature Factor St2
for Cont. Vibr. Torque Tkw
Pv < Pkv * St2
Tw < Tkw * St2 * (1/Sf)
Relative Damping Factor Ψ and Allowable Power Loss Pkv
RUBBER
1
RUBBER
Tkw
Natural Rubber (NR) 1
St1
Ψ
St2
0.5
f in Hz Vr 0.5
Pkv
35-40 12 0.52 0
0
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
50 6.0 1.05 Degrees F
80 100 120 140 160 180 200
Degrees F
60 5.7 1.10
70 5.5 1.15
T-42
Torsional Couplings
LM Torsional Series Technical Data—Silicone (50 Shore A)
Nominal Continuous Allowable
Torque *Max. **Max. Vibratory Power Dynamic Torsional Stiffness Relative
Coupling Rating Torque1 Torque2 Torque Loss Ctdyn Damping
Size Tkn Tkmax1 Tkmax2 Tkw Pkv 10% Tkn 25% Tkn 50% Tkn 75% Tkn 100% Tkn Ψ
6200 in-lb 9290 in-lb 12400 in-lb 2480 in-lb 19500 in-lb/rad 21200 in-lb/rad 24800 in-lb/rad 31000 in-lb/rad 40700 in-lb/rad
LM800 105 W
(700 Nm) (1050 Nm) (1400 Nm) (280 Nm) (2200 Nm/rad) (2400 Nm/rad) (2800 Nm/rad) (3500 Nm/rad) (4600 Nm/rad)
LM1200 150 W
LM1600 220 W
(1450 Nm) (2200 Nm) (2900 Nm) (580 Nm) (4800 Nm/rad) (5200 Nm/rad) (6000 Nm/rad) (7500 Nm/rad) (9900 Nm/rad) 1.15
LM2400 300 W
24800 in-lb 37200 in-lb 49600 in-lb 9910 in-lb 360 W 186000 in-lb/rad 20400 in-lb/rad 221000 in-lb/rad 288000 in-lb/rad 376000 in-lb/rad
LM2800
LM3500 450 W
*Tmax1 indicates the maximum allowable value for transient torque spikes during the normal work cycle, for example from accelerating through a resonance during starting and
stopping or clutching.
**Tmax2 represents the absolute maximum peak torque allowable during rare occasions such as during a short circuit of a gen-set or incorrect synchronization.
***The silicone material creates a progressive stiffness characteristic dependant on load. These values have tolerance of + or - 15%.
Temperature Factor St2SI Pv < Pkv * St2SI

for Cont. Vibr. Torque Tkw Tw < Tkw * St2SI * (1/Sf)
and Allowable Power Loss Pkv
SILICONE
1 Tkw
St2SI
0.5
Pkv
T
0
120 140 160 180 200 220 240
Degrees F
LM Torsional Coupling Dimensions

SAE Flywheel Dimensions*
Bolt Thru Holes
SAE Pump Splines*
SAE Pilot Circle Number Size SAE NUMBER SPLINE MAJOR
Size DA (in.) DT (in.) Z S (in.) CODE OF TEETH PITCH DIAMETER
6-1/2 8.500 7.875 6 x 60° 0.35 A-A 9 20/40 0.500"
7-1/2 9.500 8.750 8 x 45° 0.35 A 9 16/32 0.625"
8 10.375 9.625 6 x 60° 0.43 B 13 16/32 0.875"
10 12.375 11.625 8 x 45° 0.43 B-B 15 16/32 1.000"
11-1/2 13.875 13.125 8 x 45° 0.43 C 14 12/24 1.250"
14 18.375 17.250 8 x 45° 0.51 C-C 17 12/24 1.500"”
16 20.375 19.250 8 x 45° 0.51 D 13 8/16 1.750"
18 22.500 21.375 6 x 60° 0.67 E 13 8/16 1.750"
21 36.500 25.250 12 x 30° 0.67 F 15 8/16 2.000"
24 38.875 27.250 12 x 30° 0.75 *SAE J744
*SAE J620
T-43
Torsional Couplings
LM Torsional Coupling Dimensions
240 – 2400 SB 2800 – 3500 SCA 2800 – 3500 SCB
Standard Types
Dimensions
Coupling SAE d1 (bore)
Size J620 A C* min. max. d3 D8 E L L1 N1 Weight Order Code
1.81 in. 2.95 in. ± 0.35 in. 0.59 in. 1.97 in. 10.31 in. 1.97 in. 1.06 in. 2.95 in. 2.36 in. 2.87 in. 2.77 lb
8 (46 mm) (75 mm ± 9 mm) (15 mm) (50 mm) (262 mm) (50 mm) (27 mm) (75 mm) (60 mm) (73 mm) (6.1 kg) LM - 240 - SB1 - ** - 8
240 SB1
400 SB1 10 (45 mm) (75 mm ± 7 mm) (20 mm) (60 mm) (313 mm) (61 mm) (25 mm) (80 mm) (65 mm) (90 mm) (8.6 kg) LM - 400 - SB1 - ** - 10
800 SB1 111/2 (39 mm) (71 mm ± 3 mm) (20 mm) (70 mm) (351 mm) (71 mm) (18 mm) (84 mm) (66 mm) (107 mm) (10.1 kg)
LM - 800 - SB1 - ** - 11
11 /2
1
(39 mm) (65 mm ± 4 mm) (20 mm) (70 mm) (351 mm) (71 mm) (18 mm) (84 mm) (66 mm) (107 mm) (14.5 kg)
LM - 1200 - SB1 - ** - 11L
1200 SB1
T
18 LM - 2400 - SB1 - ** - 18
(61 mm) (97 mm ± 6 mm) (30 mm) (105 mm) (417 mm) (106 mm) (26 mm) (106 mm) (85 mm) (150 mm) (33.9 kg)
2.40 in. 3.66 in. ± 0.16 in. 1.38 in. 4.33 in. 18.31 in. — 1.34 in. — 4.13 in. 6.38 in. 14.29 lb
14 LM - 2800 - SCA1 - ** - 14
(61 mm) (93 mm ± 4 mm) (35 mm) (110 mm) (465 mm) — (34 mm) — (105 mm) (162 mm) (31.5 kg)
2800 SCA 1 16 LM - 2800 - SCA1 - ** - 16
18 (61 mm) (93 mm ± 4 mm) (35 mm) (110 mm) (417 mm) — (34 mm) — (105 mm) (162 mm) (34.3 kg) LM - 2800 - SCA1 - ** - 18
2.40 in. 5.31 in. ± 0.16 in. 1.38 in. 4.33 in. 18.31 in. — 2.99 in. 5.16 in. 4.13 in. 6.38 in. 14.29 lb
14 (61 mm) (135 mm ± 4 mm) (35 mm) (110 mm) (465 mm) — (76 mm) (131 mm) (105 mm) (162 mm) (31.5 kg) LM - 2800 - SCB1 - ** - 14
2800 SCB 1 16 (61 mm) (135 mm ± 4 mm) (35 mm) (110 mm) (417 mm) — (76 mm) (131 mm) (105 mm) (162 mm) (32.8 kg) LM - 2800 - SCB1 - ** - 16
14 (70 mm) (100 mm ± 8 mm) (35 mm) (110 mm) (465 mm) — (25 mm) — (105 mm) (162 mm) (33.9 kg) LM - 3500 - SCA1 - ** - 14
3500 SCA 1 16 (70 mm) (100 mm ± 8 mm) (35 mm) (110 mm) (465 mm) — (25 mm) — (105 mm) (162 mm) (36.6 kg) LM - 3500 - SCA1 - ** - 16
18 LM - 3500 - SCA1 - ** - 18
3500 SCB 1 16 (70 mm) (135 mm ± 8 mm) (35 mm) (110 mm) (465 mm) — (60 mm) (140 mm) (105 mm) (162 mm) (36.6 kg) LM - 3500 - SCB1 - ** - 16
18 LM - 3500 - SCB1 - ** - 18
(70 mm) (135 mm ± 8 mm) (35 mm) (110 mm) (465 mm) — (60 mm) (140 mm) (105 mm) (162 mm) (38.5 kg)
“* The LM coupling is very adaptable with regard to axial length. The rubber element can be positioned closer to or farther from the flywheel within the limits shown for this dimension, while maintaining full
engagement with the outer drive ring. Hub length L1 is adjustable as well with corresponding changes to mounting length dimension C.
**Indicate Shore hardness for rubber element here.
T-44
Torsional Couplings
LM Torsional Series Dimensions–Continued
2800 – 3500 SBE 2800 – 3500 SCE

Special Types for Radial Change of Element
Dimensions
Coupling SAE d1 (bore)
Size J620 A C* min. max. d3 E L L1 N1 Weight Order Code
1.81 in. 4.45 in. ± 0.08 in. 0.59 in. 1.77 in. 10.31 in. 2.28 in. 4.17 in. 2.36 in. 2.60 in. 2.18 lb
8 (46 mm) (113 mm ± 2 mm) (15 mm) (45 mm) (262 mm) (58 mm) (106 mm) (60 mm) (66 mm) (4.8 kg) LM - 240 - SBE - ** - 8 - 113 - ***
240 SBE
400 SBE 10 (45 mm) (117 mm ± 2 mm) (20 mm) (55 mm) (313 mm) (63 mm) (118 mm) (65 mm) (85 mm) (7.6 kg) LM - 400 - SBE - ** - 10 - 117 - ***
11 /2
1
(39 mm) (117 mm ± 2 mm) (20 mm) (65 mm) (351 mm) (64 mm) (130 mm) (66 mm) (100 mm) (11.1 kg)
LM - 800 - SBE - ** - 11 - 117 - ***
800 SBE
11 /2
1
LM - 1200 - SBE - ** - 11L - 113 - ***
1200 SBE
14 (61 mm) (164 mm ± 2 mm) (35 mm) (105 mm) (465 mm) (103 mm) (158 mm) (105 mm) (154 mm) (32.3 kg) LM - 2800 - SCE - ** - 14 - 164 - ***
T
2800 SCE 2.40 in. 6.46 in. ± 0.08 in. 1.38 in. 4.13 in. 16.42 in. 4.06 in. 6.22 in. 4.13 in. 6.06 in. 15.24 lb
16 LM - 2800 - SCE - ** - 16 - 164 - ***
3500 SCE 2.76 in. 7.28 in. ± 0.08 in. 1.38 in. 4.13 in. 18.31 in. 4.06 in. 7.20 in. 4.13 in. 6.06 in. 18.14 lb
16 LM - 3500 - SCE - ** - 16 - 185 - ***
18 LM - 3500 - SCE - ** - 18 - 185 - ***
“* The LM coupling is very adaptable with regard to axial length. The rubber element can be positioned closer to or farther from the flywheel within the limits shown for this dimension, while maintaining full
engagement with the outer drive ring. Hub length L1 is adjustable as well with corresponding changes to mounting length dimension C.
** Indicate Shore hardness for rubber element here.
***Indicate finished bore here.
Order Code Example

LM3500 – SCAI – 50 – 14 – 100 – **
Finished Bore
Dimension “C” Overall Length (mm)
SAE Flywheel Size
Shore Hardness Of Elastomeric Element
Coupling Type
Coupling Size
T-45
Torsional Couplings
LM Coupling Installation Instructions
Installation Instructions
The outer aluminum ring is bolted to the engine flywheel with tightening torque TA2. The driven hub is mounted onto the driven shaft. The rubber disc with the
vulcanized ring is then assembled to the hub with screws, which must be tightened to the correct torque TA1 (SB, SC) or TA3 (SBE, SCE) as stated in the
tables.
Should Loctite or other anaerobic adhesives be used, apply a minimum only.
The rubber – metal connection may not be wetted.
For types SB with conical hub: The screws must be tightened alternately in several steps until
they have all reached the correct tightening torque. The tightening torque of all screws must
then be checked all around. Secure axial fixing of the inner hub on the shaft has to be Allowable Misalignment vs. Speed
ensured. 5000
Operating Speed
4000
Allowable Misalignment
3000
The couplings can accommodate the following maximum misalignment:
2000
Axial: Several mm (as stated in dimension tables)
Angular: 0.5 degrees 1000
Parallel: 0.5 mm 0
0 50 100 150
These values for angular and radial misalignment are based on 1500 rpm. For other speeds Percent of Rating for Allowable Axial and
convert according to the diagram at right. Parrallel Misalignment at TKN
Since radial and angular misalignment cause relative movement, that mans wear between the rubber elements and the outer aluminum ring, it is advisable to
keep the misalignment as low as possible - better than above values - in order to ensure long coupling life and smooth running. For non-flanged drives, we
recommend the following effective range of maximum misalignment:
Angular: 0.1 degree

Parallel: 0.2 mm
Above values are for continuous duty.. For short periods (i.e. during starting and stopping the engine, at heave sea, etc.) up to five times higher values for
T
radial and angular misalignment are allowable.
Alignment of Coupling
The alignment of free mounted, non-flanged drives should be checked in the usual way, by checking the radial and angular misalignment between driving and
driven side with a dial indicator. As a reference surface, the inner hub should be used on the driven and the other a flywheel or flywheel housing. If the engine
is placed on flexible mounts, then the alignment should be checked at the earliest, 2 days after the engine has been put on its flexible mounts, because only
then will these mounts have taken most of their permanent set. In addition, the rigidly mount driven unit should be placed about 0.3 mm lower than the flexibly
mounted engine. In this way, upon further setting of the engine a misalignment improvement can be achieved and the engine’s position, after some running
time, will not be essentially lower than the driven unit. Further setting of the engine is thus anticipated and compensated if necessary.
Ventilation
The LM Torsional Couplings are produced of special rubber which has a higher temperature resistance than normal rubber. However, it is a fact, that every
rubber becomes harder with time under the influence of high temperature, and its mechanical properties are reduced. Therefore, it is always advantageous to
ensure that the flange and flywheel housing have many rather large ventilation holes in order to provide adequate air flow. The temperature will then be
reduced and the life of the coupling element considerably increased.
T-46
Torsional Couplings
LM Coupling Installation Instructions—Continued
Standard Types SB, SCA, SCB Drop Out Types SBE, SCE
Tightening Torque—Inner Hub Screws (TA3)

For special types SBE, SCE
Coupling Size LM240 LM400 LM800 LM1600 LM2800 LM3500
LM1200 LM2400
Screw Size M8X25mm M8X25mm M10X30mm M12X30mm M16X40mm M16X50mm
DIN 912 Class 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9 10.9
Tightening
Torque 26 26 52 89 230 230
TA1 (in-lbs)
Quantity 12 16 16 16 8 8
T
Tightening Torque—Inner Hub Screws (TA1)
For special types SB, SCA, SCB
Coupling Size LM240 LM400 LM800 LM1600 LM2800
LM1200 LM2400 LM3500
Screw Size M8X20mm M8X20mm M10X20mm M12X25mm M16X40mm
DIN 912 Class 8.8 8.8 8.8 .8. 10.9
Tightening
Torque 19 19 37 63 230
TA1 (in-lbs)
Quantity 8 8 8 8 8
Tightening Torque—Flywheel Adapter Flange Screws* (TA2)

For all LM types
SAE Size 61⁄2 71⁄2 8 10 111⁄2 14 16 18 21 24
Inch screws 5/16-18 5/16-18 3/8-16 3/8-16 3/8-16 1/2-13 1/2-13 5/8-11 5/8-11 3/4-10
SAE grade 5
(ft-lb) 19 19 30 30 30 80 80 150 150 275
Metric screws M8 M8 M 10 M 10 M 10 M 12 M 12 M 16 M 16 M 18
DIN 912 class 8.8
(ft-lb) 19 19 37 37 37 66 66 160 160 220
(Nm) 25 25 50 50 50 90 90 220 220 290
*Lovejoy does not furnish these screws.
T-47
Torsional Couplings
Product Warranty
Lovejoy warrants all products it manufactures to be of good material and workmanship and to be free of defects if properly installed and operated. REMEDY
FOR BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY LIMITED TO REPLACEMENT OF DEFECTIVE PARTS, AS HERINAFTER SET FORTH, LOVEJOY
EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL CLAIMS FOR INCIDENTAL AND CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING FROM ANY BREACH OF THIS WARRANTY. Any
product which, under normal use and service, is proven to breach the warranty contained herein within ONE YEAR from date of sale will, upon examination
by Lovejoy, be replaced free F.O.B. Downers Grove, Illinois, or South Haven, Michigan, depending upon origin of manufacture. In all cases, transportation
costs and charges for returned goods shall be paid for by the purchaser, Lovejoy hereby disclaims all responsibility for such transportation costs and charges.
This warranty will not be breached, and Lovejoy will give no credit for products it manufactures which shall have received normal wear and tear, been
damaged, improperly installed, repaired or altered outside of Lovejoy’s factory.
THE ABOVE-DESCRIBED WARRANTY IS EXPRESSLY IN LIEU OF ALL OTHER WARRANTIES, EXPRESS OR IMPLIED, AND ALL OTHER WARRANTIES
ARE HEREBY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMED, INCLUDING WITHOUT LIMITATION THE IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY AND THE IMPLIED
WARRANTY OF FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. LOVEJOY EXPRESSLY DISCLAIMS ALL LIABILITY FOR SPECIAL, CONSEQUENTIAL OR
INCIDENTAL DAMAGES, WHETHER ARISING IN TORT OR BY CONTRACT. LOVEJOY FURTHER DISCLAIMS ALL LIABILITY FROM PERSONAL INJURY
RELATING TO ITS PRODUCTS TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW. BY ACCEPTANCE OF ANY OF LOVEJOY’S EQUIPMENT OR PRODUCTS, THE
PURCHASER ASSUMES ALL LIABILITY FOR THE CONSEQUENCES ARISING FROM THEIR USE OR MISUSE. NO PERSON, FIRM OR CORPORATION
IS AUTHORIZED TO ASSUME FOR LOVEJOY ANY OTHER LIABILITY IN CONNECTION WITH THE SALE OF ITS PRODUCTS. FURTHERMORE,
NO PERSON, FIRM OR CORPORATION IS AUTHORIZED TO MODIFY OR WAIVE THE TERMS OF THIS PARAGRAPH, AND THE PRECEDING
PARAGRAPH, UNLESS DONE IN WRITING AND SIGNED BY A DULY AUTHORIZED AGENT OF LOVEJOY.
Note: Specifications are subject to change without notice, and without liability therefore.
T
T-48

19-Acoples Especiales Lovejoy

Hochgeladen von

Dokumentinformationen

Originaltitel

Copyright

Verfügbare Formate

Dieses Dokument teilen

Dokument teilen oder einbetten

Freigabeoptionen

Stufen Sie dieses Dokument als nützlich ein?

Sind diese Inhalte unangemessen?

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

19-Acoples Especiales Lovejoy

Hochgeladen von

Copyright:

Verfügbare Formate

TORSIONAL COUPLINGS

SAE FLYWHEEL TABLE

Lovejoy U.S.A. Raja-Lovejoy GmbH Lovejoy Canada

Advantages of the Lovejoy/Jaure disc coupling

• Infinite life if properly aligned.

*It is not recommended that the coupling be

offset α = represents the angular

Different disc profiles

1.5° 6 Bolts ((under 202)) 6 Bolts ((under 202))

8 Bolts 0.6° 0.6°

50% of max. Max. 50% Max.

Angular and Radial Misalignment Axial Misalignment

The permissible offset or radial misalignment is given by:

∆KR = tan ∆KW x L, where L is the distance between the discs.

8. Check if balancing is needed.

a) Centrifugal pump 1.0

Torque = 308 x 63025 x 1.0 = 16,880 in.-lbs.

3. Required minimum torque rating

How to specify a Lovejoy/Jaure coupling

• Application and type of duty.

• Type of prime mover, power and speed.

• Shaft types and sizes, keyway dimensions, hub length.

• Type of driven equipment.

• Coupling type, size and distance between shaft ends (DBSE).

NOM. NOM. PEAK PEAK AXIAL2 AXIAL2 Torsional3 Torsional3 Angular

Industrial Coupling Type SX

Industrial Coupling Type SU

Industrial Coupling Type SXC, SXCS

Drop Out Coupling Type DI, DILR

Coupling Type SXGS and DIR

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 DIMENSIONS (mm) AXIAL6

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 DIMENSIONS (mm) AXIAL6

SX in-lbs in-lbs UNBAL. BAL. MAX BSE Weight 5 ±∆Ka

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 DIMENSIONS (mm) AXIAL6

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 DIMENSIONS (mm) AXIAL6

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 DIMENSIONS (in) AXIAL6

Larger sizes are available on demand.

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX 1

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 AXIAL6

Cplg. DIMENSIONS (mm)

Cplg. DIMENSIONS (in)

SXC BSE BSE OAL1

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX 1

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 AXIAL6

Cplg. DIMENSIONS (mm)

Cplg. DIMENSIONS (in)

SXC BSE BSE OAL1

DISC PACK KIT MOUNT BOLTS

SPLIT SPACER MOUNT RING

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 AXIAL6

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 AXIAL6

Larger sizes are available on demand.

DISC PACK KIT MOUNT BOLTS

SPLIT SPACER MOUNT RING

Cplg. Dimensions (mm)

Cplg. Dimensions (in)

Size FD D BSE PW OD OAL

Larger sizes are available on demand.

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 AXIAL6

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 AXIAL6

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 AXIAL6

Cplg. NOM. PEAK MAX1 MAX2 AXIAL6

Larger sizes are available on demand.